CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
FOR
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE
FROM
BA
GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT
CERTIFIED
QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
FINAL
BY
PTS-12CC 348
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B” OF CONTRACT NO. #####/00)
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
1
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DESCRIPTION
SECTION
I
Page
INTRODUCTION
II
1
2
3
NO.
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
GENERAL
PROJECT DESCRIPTION
PROJECT SUMMARY
DEFINITION OF TERMS
5
5
5
6
BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
2.01
2.02
2.03
2.04
2.05
2.06
2.07
2.08
2.09
2.10
2.11
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
2.12
2.13
2.14
2.15
CERTIFIED
III
: M. AL-SAFFAR
3.05
3.06
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3.07
3.08
3.09
IV
JOB ORDER NO.
29
30
31
34
34
GENERAL
ELECTRICAL WORK
CIVIL WORK
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
MECHANICAL WORKS
PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS
AND DRAWING
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
PROJECT INTERFACE
STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
36
37
38
38
39
40
44
45
46
ENGINEERING DESIGN CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS
4.01
4.02
4.03
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
7
8
8
11
11
16
17
28
28
29
SCOPE OF WORK
3.01
3.02
3.03
3.04
BY
GENERAL CONDITIONS
KICK-OFF MEETING
BASE DESIGN PHASE
BASE DESIGN REVIEW
PROJECT DRAWINGS
PROGRESS REPORTING
QA/QC REQUIREMENTS
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS
TEST RECORD BOOK
PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND INDEPENDENT
COMPONENTS
CONTRACTOR/COMPANY'S CONSTRUCTION SITE
OFFICE AND FACILITY
LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS
SHUTDOWN/OUTAGE COORDINATION
ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
53
53
54
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
2
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
V
Page
EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
5.01
5.02
5.03
5.04
5.06
5.07
5.08
5.09
5.10
5.11
1
2
3
NO.
5.05
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
5.12
5.13
APPROVED
VI
6.06
CERTIFIED
VII
59
59
59
59
59
59
60
60
61
62
GENERAL
REEL STORAGE
REEL HANDLING
POWER CABLE INSTALLATION
380kV CABLE ENTRY INTO SUBSTATION AND
CONNECTION INTO GIS
OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
63
63
63
64
67
68
COMMISSIONING/TESTS
7.01
7.02
7.03
7.04
BY
57
57
58
INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES
6.01
6.02
6.03
6.04
6.05
BA
GENERAL
380kV POWER CABLES
380kV CABLE TERMINATIONS & SPLICE KITS
GROUNDING CABLE FOR LINK BOX AND GROUNDING
ROD FOR LINK BOX
BONDING LEADS & SHEATH SECTIONALIZING
INSULATORS
LINK BOXES
SHEATH VOLTAGE LIMITER
CABLE WARNING TAPES
WARNING POSTS
PVC CONDUITS & FITTINGS, AND HDPE DUCTS
INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
VENTILATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
PLUMBING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
ELECTRICAL TESTS FOR NEW 380kV XLPE CABLES
ELECTRICAL TESTING OF LINK BOX
FIELD TESTS ON 380kV CABLES
69
69
70
71
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
3
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1
2
3
NO.
APPENDICES
APPENDIX- I
LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL DESIGN AND
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
APPENDIX- II
MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES
APPENDIX- III
TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS FORMS
APPENDIX- IV
BID STANDARD FORMAT
APPENDIX- V
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS
APPENDIX- VI
COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX- VII
PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (by other Contractor)
APPENDIX-VIII
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
APPENDIX- IX
N/A
APPENDIX- X
N/A
APPENDIX- XII
N/A
APPENDIX-XIII
SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT (by other Contractor)
APPENDIX- XVI
GEOTECHNICAL AND CONCRETE INVESTIGATION AND
MATERIAL TESTING
(APPLICABLE IF REQUIRED)
EXHIBIT- 1
COMPANY FORM NO.16511 (2/10)
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02-12-2012
PLANT NO.
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
C 640
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
4
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
SECTION I - INTRODUCTION
1.01 GENERAL
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
This Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications (PTS-12CC348) and the
associated PROJECT Conceptual Drawings, which are Attachment I to Schedule
"B" of CONTRACT No. 00000/00, describe the specific scope of WORK that the
CONTRACTOR is required to carry out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis until the
successful commissioning and integration of the proposed 380kV Underground
Cables along with Fiber Optic Cables and control/instrumentation cables
between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV
SUBSTATION.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
1.02 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
This PROJECT will provide Three (3) 380kV Underground cable circuits between
GT AT Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
along with Fiber Optic and control/instrumentation Cables with necessary Cable
Tunnels, Duct Banks, Hand Holes, and Trenches as applicable for Power Cables
along with Fiber Optic and Control/instrumentation Cables.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
1.03 PROJECT SUMMARY
The summary of the Scope of WORK of this PROJECT, to be carried out by the
CONTRACTOR includes the following:
BA
A.
CERTIFIED
Provide and install Three (3) 380kV Underground Cable circuits From GT AT
Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION The
approximate route length of each circuit will be as under. Each circuit consist of
one run of 1/C-1000 mm2 super clean-XLPE, Cu. conductor, cable per phase
complete with all other accessories,
1. Steam Turbine #1 To S/S 9032 : 600M
2. Steam Turbine #02 To S/S 9032: 330M
3. Steam Turbine #03 To S/S 9032: 1000M
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
B. Provide and install Underground Fiber Optic cable and Control Cables,
Complete with all accessories, along the proposed route of 380kV cables, GT at
Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4 (9032)380KV SUBSTATION
C. Construction of concrete encased duct banks, cable trenches, tunnels and Thrust
Boring/Directional Drilling as required along the proposed route as per COMPANY
Standard Drawing TA-800062 and TA-800063.
D. DTS System (6 Channel) for each phase of the 380kV Cable along with associated
Cable Heat Sensors.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
5
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1.04 DEFINITION OF TERMS
DESCRIPTION
The terms, abbreviations and/or expressions frequently used hereinafter shall have
the following meaning:
1
2
3
NO.
Terms / Abbreviation
• COMPANY
• U/G
• F/O Cable
• CONTRACTOR
Meaning
Saudi Electricity Company
Underground
Fiber Optic Cable
380kV Cable Contractor, responsible
execution of the Underground Cable Work
for
the
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
*** END OF SECTION I ***
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
6
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
SECTION II - BASIC REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES
2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
A. All components and accessories required for the completion and successful
operation of the WORK covered under the scope of this PROJECT, either specified
in detail or not, shall be supplied and installed by the CONTRACTOR as necessary.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
B. The engineering design and specifications of equipment/materials supplied under
this PROJECT shall be in accordance with this Scope of WORK and Technical
Specifications and COMPANY Standards. If the equipment either does not conform
to specifications or is not acceptable to COMPANY based on past operating
experience/any other reason, the CONTRACTOR shall propose alternative
equipment for review and acceptance by COMPANY. However, in case of a conflict
in the requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall bring this to the attention of the
COMPANY and shall obtain such applicable requirements for this PROJECT in
writing from the COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall have no right to decide on his
own the requirements in case of such a conflict, and in case of such an eventuality,
he will be doing so at his own risk and cost as the COMPANY reserves the right to
reject any or the complete part of such WORK arising out of the CONTRACTOR's
own decision.
C.
BA
CERTIFIED
The drawings enclosed with this Scope of work and Technical Specifications are
conceptual and for the information of the CONTRACTOR only. The CONTRACTOR
should read these drawings in conjunction with this Scope of work and Technical
Specifications. The successful CONTRACTOR shall develop detailed design
drawings for construction purposes. The engineering and design works under this
Contract shall be carried out by an engineering and design firm who has registration
to carryout engineering and design works in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia. The
proposed engineering and design firm shall also be from Saudi Electricity Company
acceptable list of Engineering & Design firms or shall get pre-qualified before the
contract Award for carrying out any engineering and design works for this project.
D. Copies of existing drawings, design calculations, technical reports and other
information as deemed appropriate by the COMPANY may be provided to the
CONTRACTOR upon request, if available. However, if such information is not
available, then the CONTRACTOR should be responsible for the independent
development of the information required to complete the PROJECT specified.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
E. The specifications of equipment and materials specified herein are to be considered
as the minimum requirements, and the bidders shall carry out their own basic and
detailed design necessary for their proposed specifications.
DATE :____________________
F.
The base design shall be finalized at base design review meeting based on the
guideline drawings issued hereof, manufacturer's drawings, calculations and data
sheets, and detailed design shall be finalized based on the base design review and
other required information.
G. All documents, drawings data and instruction books to be submitted by the
CONTRACTOR shall be written in English language and Metric Unit system.
H. The submission of final detail drawings shall be progressive and phased out to give
sufficient review time to COMPANY.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
7
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
I.
COMPANY's acceptance of the CONTRACTOR's design does not relieve him of
any part of his obligations to meet all the requirements of the CONTRACT nor the
responsibility for the correctness of the design and construction drawings of the
PROJECT.
J.
All WORK, including services for the test and inspections required by the
COMPANY and demonstrations, if any, for familiarization of maintenance and
commissioning, etc., to the COMPANY personnel by the manufacturer's
representative shall be arranged / done by the CONTRACTOR.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1
2
3
NO.
K. The CONTRACTOR shall submit for COMPANY review and approval, the
demonstration package proposed by him giving the detail/list of equipment and
devices that will be demonstrated.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
L.
Any WORK, which requires shutdown of transmission/distribution feeders or
substation shall be closely coordinated with COMPANY. All outages shall be
scheduled at least four (4) weeks in advance.
M
The CONTRACTOR’s organizational chart shall be prepared as specified in
Instruction to Bidders on Technical Proposal.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
N. The CONTRACTOR shall submit along with bid proposal the operational spare parts
listed in the pricing attachment "VI' to Schedule 'C' of this Contract.
2.02 KICK-OFF MEETING
A Kick-Off Meeting will be held in COMPANY Headquarters shortly after award of
the CONTRACT. This meeting will cover PROJECT implementation, the Scope of
WORK, and Schedule and will give the CONTRACTOR an opportunity to discuss all
matters related to carrying out his responsibilities.
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
2.03 BASE DESIGN PHASE
A. The base design phase of the PROJECT is a 10-12 weeks period of preliminary
engineering following the kick-off meeting. The purpose of the base design phase is
to completely define the PROJECT in enough details to satisfy the COMPANY that
all requirements are being incorporated. Information developed during the base
design shall be used as a guide throughout the PROJECT and shall be considered
binding on both parties, unless operational difficulties or design flaws observed
during detailed design review are noted and mandate change. All base design
drawings shall be stamped as "Base Design Drawing.”
Coordination meetings will be conducted with the CONTRACTOR's Design team on
regular basis until the design is complete.
DATE :____________________
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit eight (8) sets of the base design document at
least four (4) weeks ahead of the base design review meeting, which shall include,
but not limited to the following:
1.
Narrative Scope of WORK as proposed by CONTRACTOR:
a.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
Description of WORK
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
8
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
b.
Design Basis and Data
c.
Testing and Commissioning Procedures
d.
Maintenance Aspects
e.
Special considerations including design, construction/operation
constraints (if any), problem areas and proposed solutions.
f.
Itemized listing of all equipment/facilities to be installed and description
of all WORK to be accomplished. This listing is to be broken down by
location, job phase and quantities of like items.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
THM
2.
Detailed PROJECT Schedule and Critical Path
3.
Major Materials Purchase Requisitions (Preliminary)
4.
Design Calculations, as a minimum, but not limited to:
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
a.
Detailed Cable Ampacity Calculations as per proposed cable route for
worst case.
b.
Electrical Interference Study in case the power cable parallels the
communication circuits.
c.
Calculation of Power Cables Sequence Impedance.
d.
Calculation for Cable Metallic Sheath Size to withstand System Fault
Current for one second.
e.
Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations under normal & fault conditions
(for both Single Point Bonding and Cross Bonding Systems) and
Selection of Sheath Voltage Limiters (SVL).
f.
Calculations for Distributed Temperature Sensing System along with
associated Sensors.
g.
Structural calculation for duct banks on road crossings
h.
Detailed explanation for adopting the major/minor sections arrangement
of the cross bonding.
i.
Cable pulling tension and sidewall pressure calculations.
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
5.
Soil Investigation Report for Thermal and Electrical Resistivity Measurements
along the whole Cable Route at the spacing of 500m.
6.
The following Design Drawings, as a minimum, but not limited to:
a.
Drawing Control Sheet
b.
Abbreviations, Symbols and Legends
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
9
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
c.
Plot Plan
d.
380kV Underground System One Line Diagram
e.
Hand-hole details for F.O. cable.
f.
380kV Power and Fiber Optic and Control Cables Routing Plan and
Profile
g.
Cable Termination Arrangement Plan, Sections and Details
h.
Sheath Bonding Schematic Diagram, indicating Minor & Major Section
Lengths.
i.
Link Box Location, Connections and Joint Bay Details
j.
380kV Power and Fiber Optic Cable Routing Sections, Elevations and
Details (with all necessary sections and other utilities in the vicinity of
the route)
k.
Foundation Details for 380kV Cable Link Box and other Support
Structures
l.
Details of Trenches, Duct banks, Hand holes, Thrust Boring/Directional
Drilling
m.
Bonding method and grounding arrangement and details
n.
Interface diagram with 380kV Switchgear at Qassim Power Plant a
Qassim-4 (9032)380KV SUBSTATION
DTS System (6 Channel) for each phase of the 380kV Cable along with
associated Cable Heat Sensors.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
o.
CERTIFIED
7.
Manufacturers’ Technical Specifications (literature, catalogs, drawings, type
test report and completed Data Schedules) of the following major equipment,
including but not be limited to the following:
(Particular type, model should be clearly indicated and/or highlighted):
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
-
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
380kV Power Cable
Bonding & Earthing Cables
380kV Cable Termination/Splice Kits
Cable Supports
Sheath Voltage Limiter
Link Box
Link Box Foundation
Cable Warning Tape
Cable Tiles
Wire Mesh
Cable warning post
Duct Sealing Units
Cable Tile Cover
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
10
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
-
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
PVC Conduits and Fittings
Power Cable Clamps
Fire Proofing Material to Protect the Cable in Cable Basement
Distributed Temperature Sensing System
8.
Type Test Reports for Major Equipment/ Materials
9.
Factory and SITE Test Program
10.
Job Safety Plan (CONTRACTOR’S Loss Prevention Program)
11.
SITE Security Plan
12.
QA/QC plan
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
C. The base design submittal shall be submitted fully complete, containing drawings
and calculations of all discipline as stated above. Partial submittals or packages
are unacceptable and will be rejected. Base design shall include drawings required
to define the project. Additional drawings if provided will not be reviewed during the
base design phase.
2.04 BASE DESIGN REVIEW
After completing the Base Design, the CONTRACTOR shall present the Base
Design Package for technical review along with the Drawing Control Sheet.
CONTRACTOR's PROJECT Manager, PROJECT Engineer and the
Design/Construction Engineer in each field of specification shall attend the
presentation meeting. During this meeting, the COMPANY's comments on the base
design package will be reviewed and discussed in detail to finalize the base design
for the PROJECT. Minutes of the meeting shall be prepared by the CONTRACTOR
to be concurred by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
BA
CERTIFIED
CONTRACTOR may initiate the material procurement WORK during the base
design phase of the PROJECT but the final approval of the material shall be done
only after consideration of comments generated during Base Design Phase and
resolution of comments during the Base Design Review meeting.
2.05 PROJECT DRAWINGS
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
A. General
DATE :____________________
1.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide all drawings required for this PROJECT
covering all the substations involved in accordance with the requirements of
the COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standards
(SEEDS-II Rev.01).
The drawings shall be assigned with drawing numbers and indexed as
outlined in the above procedure. A block of drawing numbers shall be
provided by the COMPANY for all new drawings/documents.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
11
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
2.
Drawings shall be of uniform size in each discipline as much as possible
and ISO scales hall be 1:10, 1:50, 1:100 and 1:1200, etc.
3.
The existing system drawings of the source substation are generally
available with the COMPANY in digital or tiff format except in certain cases
where it is in the form of hard copies. Copies of existing available drawings
shall be provided on CONTRACTOR'S written request. However, if any
related information is not available, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible
to develop all the required drawings to satisfy the PROJECT requirements.
4.
The drawings involving modification/expansion of the existing system in
source substation shall cover the details of the existing system and
interface. The drawings in general shall be computer drafted and
compatible with Microstation V8 or above version software computer-aideddesign (CAD) system. However, in case of drawings involving modifications
to existing drawings, which are not available in digital or tiff format
CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to develop all the required drawings.
5.
The drawing to be submitted by the CONTRACTOR shall be of the following
standard size in accordance SEEDS-I & SEEDS-II.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
A- Size sheet, 711x1016 mm or (28x40 in.)
B- Size sheet, 508x711 mm or (20x28 in.)
C- Size sheet, 356x508 mm or (14x20 in.)
D- Size sheet, 279x432 mm or (11x17 in.)
E- Size sheet, 211x297 mm or (8.27x11.69 in.)
BA
6.
a. All existing drawings including common drawings affected by this
PROJECT shall be revised and submitted for COMPAY review as part of
CONTRATOR'S design submittals. The drawings in general shall be
computer drafted Microstation V8 or above version software in
accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01.
CERTIFIED
BY
Revision of Existing Drawings/ Drawing Control Sheets
b. For modification WORKS of existing substation, the existing drawings
only shall be revised as far as possible. If revising the existing drawings
are not feasible or not practical and new drawings need to be developed,
then preferably, the same number with additional/different sheet number
shall be allotted. New drawings having new drawing numbers shall be
created only if drawings of existing system are not available.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
c. The drawing involving modification/expansion of the existing system in
substation shall cover the details of the existing system and interface.
Drawings
giving
only
the
isolated
views/information
of
expansion/modification work without details of existing system/interface
are not acceptable. If new drawings, developed for modification work of
existing system do not cover the complete details of existing system,
then the corresponding existing system drawings shall also be modified
to show the interface/integration with the new drawings developed, and
submitted for COMPANY review as part of CONTRACTOR'S design
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
12
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
submittal.
e. All the existing drawing control sheets shall be revised to reflect the new
revision numbers of existing drawings revised and to identify the
superseded drawings. In addition, a prominent note shall be put on the
revised existing drawing control sheet (s) to indicate the new drawing
control sheet number, if a new drawing control sheet was developed.
(e.g., " See drawing control sheet * CT 906044 for list of drawings
developed for C. N. # xxxxxxxxx for ………).
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
d. The existing drawings are listed in the drawing control sheet(s) for the
substation and covered in more than one (1) drawing control sheet for
each of the affected existing substations. The CONTRACTOR shall
review/study these various by drawing control sheets and drawing,
identify the superseded/latest drawings and if necessary carry out field
verification to ascertain the correctness of the existing drawings. Only the
appropriate/ correct drawings shall be used for developing the drawings
for modification WORKS, While modifying any existing drawing sheet,
the sheet will be submitted in duplicate, one marked as existing and the
other marked as 'modified'.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
7.
Protection/Monitoring System Drawing Format Requirements
All drawings shall be titled to explain the full function of the circuits represented
on that drawing including station and equipment names. Drawings shall be
designed and produced in order to maximize ease of maintenance and
installation. Each drawing shall have a legend included explaining the
functions of all devices on that drawing. All equipment shall be labeled and
identified on the diagrams as per the designations assigned by the COMPANY.
All drawing formats must be approved by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
BA
a. Protection AC One-Line and Three-Line Diagrams
CERTIFIED
All the Protection/Monitoring System
COMPANY Standard TES-P-119.33.
related
drawings
shall
meet
b. Wiring Diagrams
BY
Wiring diagrams shall be produced for all panels and equipment. Panel
wiring diagrams shall be arranged such that they represent a working view
of the panel wiring with terminal blocks and devices arranged on the
drawing as they exist in the panels. When possible, it is required to have
only one (1) drawing per panel. If it is impossible to include all devices on
one (1) drawing, the panel drawing shall be subdivided into sections
(vertically or horizontally), making a mosaic of drawings physically
representing the panel arrangement.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
c. Schematic Diagrams
All the Protection related drawings shall meet COMPANY Standard TESP119.33
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
13
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Vendor Drawings
1.
CONTRACTOR shall prepare all vendor drawings in Microstation V8 or above
version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01 and submit to the
COMPANY.
2.
Vendor drawings and manufacturer drawings, data schedules, specification
sheets installation and operating instructions and any other data required for
material or equipment. Requirements of such information are an integral part
of the purchase order and shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.
3.
Preparation and assignment of vendor drawing numbers shall be in
accordance with COMPANY Engineering Drawing Preparation Standard
(SEEDS-II Rev.01).
4.
All vendor drawings shall be subject to review and approval by the COMPANY
at various stages (bid/base design/detail design/construction) of the
CONTRACT.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
B.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
Note: All vendor drawings shall be consistent with main drawings in all respects
and the vendor drawings shall clearly indicate all inter references with main
drawings and all other vendor drawings as applicable.
APPROVED
C. Base Design Drawings
The CONTRACTOR shall submit base design drawings to the COMPANY with his
Base Design Package per Section 3.
BA
D. Final Detail Design/Construction Drawings
The CONTRACTOR shall submit point wise compliance statement to COMPANY’s
comments and shall obtain approval for all final detail design drawings after
incorporating COMPANY comments. All details design drawings shall be stamped as
“Detail Design Drawings”. After receiving the approval, the CONTRACTOR shall
submit to the COMPANY eight (8) complete sets of all interconnected drawings
issued for construction in one (1) submittal. These drawings shall be submitted to
the COMPANY to be stamped as “Noted By” before they are stamped and issued
to CONTRACTOR’S construction team as “Issued For Construction”, but in no case
less than fourteen (14) days prior to the start of construction activity.
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
No WORK shall be started at site unless all interconnected drawings for a particular
WORK has been fully reviewed and agreed upon by the COMPANY and final
construction drawings are available at WORK SITE and with the COMPANY.
DATE :____________________
CONTRACTOR shall provide a composite list of drawings as a minimum for this
PROJECT as given in Section 3.04.
Final detailed design drawings shall be submitted fully complete, by discipline
representing fully the part of the PROJECT to be constructed and all the related
drawings. Partial submittals are not acceptable and will be rejected.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
14
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
E. As-Built Drawings
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
2.
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
All revisions shall reflect field modifications to engineering flow diagrams,
electrical one-line diagrams, electrical schematic connection and
interconnection wiring diagrams; instrument hook-ups, wiring diagrams,
terminal connections, dimensioned equipment layouts, all underground
installations and other WORK and facilities not normally visible.
The
CONTRACTOR shall provide "As-Built" drawings showing all field
modifications to drawings and diagrams prepared by the Vendors and SUBCONTRACTORS.
If the CONTRACTOR was given hard copy or tiff image file to existing "AsBuilt" drawings, then it is the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to request
the COMPANY at least two (2) months before the Technical completion for the
existing "As-Built" drawings and redraw them in Microstation V8 or above
version software in accordance with SEEDS-II Rev.01.Updating of existing “AsBuilt" drawings will not be accepted.
BA
CERTIFIED
3.
BY
As the PROJECT nears completion, "As-Built" drawings shall be prepared by
the CONTRACTOR in sufficient details to present an accurate record for
COMPANY.
All existing drawings affected by this PROJECT shall be revised and
corresponding existing drawing control sheets shall be updated by the
CONTRACTOR. The existing drawing control sheet shall be updated and
automated in XLS format. If the existing substation drawings do not have
drawing control sheet, then the CONTRACTOR shall prepare new Drawing
Control Sheet, which shall include the new and existing drawings.
CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with COMPANY for the list of the existing
drawings. All Drawing Control Sheets, listing all proposed and existing
drawings shall also be submitted in the Base Design submittal.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
1.
As part of “As-Built” drawings submission, the CONTRACTOR shall also
provide the COMPANY three (3) sets of field marked-up drawings reflecting the
“As-Built” condition of the particular segment of WORK completed by the
CONTRACTOR and distributed, as given below, prior to energization:
-
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
One (1) set shall be retained by the COMPANY at the substation.
One (1) set shall be submitted to the COMPANY.
One (1) set shall be used for “as-built” by CONTRACTOR’s Engineering
and Design Consultants, which shall be included in the final submittal.
DATE :____________________
4.
One (1) sample of original (digital Microstation *.DGN format) and five (5)
check prints from different “As-Built” engineering drawings shall be submitted
to the COMPANY to verify the quality of digital Microstation *.DGN format and
whether the correct drafting procedure is adopted, one (1) month before initial
submission of “As-Built” drawings. Before submitting the final “As-Built”
drawings one sample drawing shall be submitted and got approved.
Five (5) copies of the “As-Built” documents shall be submitted to the
COMPANY for review as to adequacy, completeness, legibility and
conforming to drafting standards. If returned, the CONTRACTOR shall make
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
15
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
corrections, provide additional data and improve the quality as instructed prior
to resubmittal and COMPANY acceptance. The revised “As-Built” drawings
shall be resubmitted within four (4) weeks after commissioning. Five (5) sets
of final “As-Built” drawings, one (1) set digital Microstation". DGN format
drawings in CD shall be submitted to the COMPANY for records.
2.06
PROGRESS REPORTING
1
2
3
NO.
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit Weekly PROJECT Progress Reports, in
COMPANY-approved formats for the PROJECT to the responsible COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE. Soft copy of progress reports shall be submitted along with the
hard copy. For this purpose, the total WORK shall be divided into:
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
1.
Engineering and Design.
2.
Procurement/ Manufacture/ Fabrication Inspection and Delivery of Materials/
Equipment.
3.
Construction and Installation.
4.
Testing and Commissioning.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
B. The following information shall be included in the Progress Reports:
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
1.
Percent of WORK completed as compared to the weighted schedule used to
assess WORK progress.
2.
Statement of items worked on and/or completed during the period.
3.
Statement of items to be worked on and/or completed during the following
period.
4.
Problem areas, which can have an adverse effect on the schedule.
5.
Safety statistics and minutes of construction safety meeting and progress
meeting.
6.
Manpower and equipment availability against the schedule requirement.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
C. The CONTRACTOR shall carry out PROJECT planning/scheduling by using MS
PROJECT computer software. All PROJECT schedules shall be submitted in CD.
D. Weekly Progress Meeting shall be conducted between the COMPANY and the
CONTRACTOR during the entire CONTRACT duration of the PROJECT. Other
coordination and interface meetings will be conducted, as required. The
CONTRACTOR shall prepare the minutes of all meetings. The initial draft shall be
submitted by the CONTRACTOR to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for review
and concurrence. The CONTRACTOR shall then incorporate the required
corrections and submit to the COMPANY one (1) original and two (2) copies after
they are duly signed by the authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR. The
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
16
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
COMPANY shall sign one (1) copy in acceptance and furnish it to the
CONTRACTOR and retain the original.
DESCRIPTION
In addition, a Weekly Construction Safety Meeting shall be conducted by the
CONTRACTOR's Safety Engineer or PROJECT Engineer. Minutes of meeting shall
be forwarded to the COMPANY.
2.07
QUALITY ASSURANCE/QUALITY CONTROL REQUIREMENTS
CONTRACTOR shall implement an effective quality management, which addresses
all direct and indirect activities related to the PROJECT to ensure that all contractual
conditions are met. Quality planning, quality control, quality assurance and quality
improvement shall be part of CONTRACTOR's quality management. To effectively
manage the PROJECT quality, CONTRACTOR shall develop a clearly defined
PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality
Program shall be implemented from PROJECT start until completion and
communicated at different levels of the PROJECT organization. In addition,
CONTRACTOR shall also require manufacturers/suppliers to develop and
implement Quality Control Plan/ Inspection and Test Plan for each major
material/equipment.
1
2
3
NO.
A. Quality Management
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
B. PROJECT Quality Plan / Quality Program
BA
1.
The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall set out the specific quality
procedures and practices, resources, and all activities (in sequence) relevant
to this PROJECT. The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall address
all QA/QC activities during design, procurement, manufacturing/fabrication,
delivery, storage, construction, installation, testing and commissioning of all
items of WORK and materials/equipment per Scope of WORK and Technical
Specification.
2.
The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be submitted to the
COMPANY as part of the base design package for review and approval.
3.
The PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall clearly define and address
the following:
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
a.
The quality objectives to be attained and CONTRACTOR’s commitment
to achieve the objectives in the form of a signed policy statement. The
policy statement shall be signed by CONTRACTOR’s management
personnel not lower than the person who signed this CONTRACT.
b.
Detailed PROJECT organizational chart and specific allocations of
responsibilities and authorities during the different phases of the
PROJECT.
DATE :____________________
CONTRACTOR shall include in the PROJECT organizational chart
QA/QC engineers and inspectors dedicated to quality assurance and
quality control (QA/QC). The QA/QC engineers and inspectors shall
report directly to the overall PROJECT Manager. The QA/QC engineers
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
17
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CONTRACTOR shall use QA/QC personnel other than those performing
or directly supervising the WORK. The QA/QC personnel shall not
report directly to immediate supervisors responsible for producing the
WORK being inspected. CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC personnel shall be
kept free from the pressures of cost, schedule and production and shall
be given the necessary authority and independence to perform their
roles effectively.
The number of CONTRACTOR’S QA/QC engineers shall be as
required in the Instruction to Bidders for Technical Proposal.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
and inspectors shall have adequate experience in their area of
responsibility and shall be responsible for ensuring that all phases of the
PROJECT are built, tested and commissioned in accordance with the
requirements of the PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical
Specifications. The CONTRACTOR’s Chief QA/QC engineer shall
interface directly with the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
c.
CHK’D BY
CONTRACTOR’s PROJECT QA/QC engineers shall review all products
and services prior to procurement to ensure conformance to specified
requirements. Procurement control shall include source evaluation and
selection, source inspection and evaluation of objective evidence of
quality furnished by a supplier against the PROJECT specification.
APPROVED
These products shall cover major materials/equipment and other items
including but not necessarily limited to testing services, fill materials,
Portland cement concrete and additives, asphalt concrete, water
proofing, steel structures, HVAC materials and equipment, electrical
materials, plumbing materials, architectural and finishing materials and
formwork materials.
BA
CERTIFIED
d.
BY
________ ______
DATE :____________________
JOB ORDER NO.
Quality Audit
CONTRACTOR shall conduct its own internal quality surveillance at
appropriate stages (e.g. design, procurement, construction, installation
and commissioning stage) of the PROJECT to determine compliance to
and the effectiveness of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program.
Each element of the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program shall be
assessed at least once during the life of the PROJECT. The schedule
and frequency should be adjusted if one or more of the following
conditions exist:
: M. AL-SAFFAR
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
Procurement Control
i.
Result of previous surveillance indicates a need to perform them
more frequently.
ii.
Significant changes are
Plan/Quality Program.
iii.
Safety, performance or reliability of an item is questionable due to
non-conformance.
made
in
the
PROJECT
Quality
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
18
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
iv.
Verification of corrective action implementation.
DESCRIPTION
Personnel conducting the quality surveillance shall be independent of
those having direct responsibility for the specific activities or areas being
evaluated or assessed.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineer/inspector shall re-inspect repaired
and reworked non-conforming items. CONTRACTOR shall not use any
repaired item or product unless approved by the COMPANY.
Under this clause, the following definitions apply:
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
f.
________ ______
DATE :____________________
JOB ORDER NO.
Repair - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will
fulfill the intended usage requirements although it may
not conform to the original specified requirements (ISO
8402).
ii.
Rework - Action taken on a non-conforming product so that it will
fulfill the specified requirement (ISO 8402).
Corrective Action
CONTRACTOR shall develop, document and implement a system for
determining the root cause of non-conformities and identifying the
required corrective actions. New procedures or changes to existing
procedures resulting from identification of the root cause and potential
root cause of non-conformances shall be documented and
implemented. Follow-up action shall be taken to verify effective
implementation of corrective action. The identified cause and corrective
action should be included in the bi-weekly site QA/QC reports that are
required to be submitted to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
i.
CONTRACTOR shall develop non-conformance report (NCR) form and
submit it to the COMPANY for review and comment. CONTRACTOR’s
QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall have the freedom to issue NCRs,
verify implementation of corrective actions and prevent use of nonconforming items until the deficiency has been satisfactorily resolved.
CONTRACTOR’s Chief QA/QC engineer shall submit bi-weekly site
QA/QC reports to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE about noncompliances.
CERTIFIED
BY
Non-Conformance Control
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that items and services, which do not
conform to specify requirements, are controlled in accordance with
documented procedures to prevent unintended use. CONTRACTOR
shall identify, document, segregate, evaluate and dispose nonconforming items and services after proper notification of concerned
personnel within the CONTRACTOR’s organization.
1
2
3
NO.
e.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
19
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
g.
h.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a system for preparation,
maintenance, protection and preservation of quality records.
Documents such as inspection reports, field inspection checklist, factory
test reports, laboratory test reports, witnessed test reports, inspection
logbooks, equipment calibration records/certificates, construction
drawings and specifications, approved submittals and non-conformance
reports are part of these records. All quality records shall be available at
WORKSITE for use and/or reference by CONTRACTOR and
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Control of Inspection, Measuring and Testing Equipment
All measuring and testing equipment and devices, which can affect the
quality of construction shall be controlled and maintained.
CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement a documented calibration
control program indicating equipment calibration schedule and
identifying those who are responsible for control of the equipment.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that only properly identified and calibrated
measuring and testing equipment are used in the PROJECT.
Equipment calibration certificates shall be made available to COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE upon request.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
i.
BA
Document Control
CONTRACTOR shall develop and maintain a documented control
program for the review, approval, revision and distribution of documents
for the activities affecting quality. Responsible personnel for revision,
issuance and approval of documents shall be identified. Control shall
ensure that all pertinent and current issues of appropriate documents
are available at locations where they are essential and obsolete or
superseded documents are promptly removed. CONTRACTOR shall list
all the documents that have to be controlled and shall include PROJECT
Quality Plan/Quality Program, Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test
Plan, construction and design drawings, calculations, correspondence,
inspection and test reports, field inspection checklist, etc.
CERTIFIED
j.
BY
Quality Records
Material/Equipment Handling, Storage, Identification and Control
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
CONTRACTOR shall verify that material/equipment meet prescribed
contractual requirements and are properly handled, identifiable,
traceable, cleaned, preserved and stored.
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
k.
Control of interface and interaction between the COMPANY and
CONTRACTOR and between the CONTRACTOR and its SUBCONTRACTORS,
manufacturers/suppliers,
QA/QC
Services
CONTRACTOR(s) [Independent Inspection Agency (ies)] and
Independent Testing Laboratories.
l.
Any other applicable QA/QC activity (ies) for the PROJECT.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
20
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Design Control
a.
If the CONTRACTOR is responsible for any design activity,
CONTRACTOR shall describe the design control program that will be
applied on this PROJECT whether the design activity is to be done by
the CONTRACTOR’s own personnel or by design consultants. All
design input and output shall be reviewed prior to release to the next
stage. Hold points shall be shown or indicated in the PROJECT Quality
Plan. In addition to design review, design verification shall be conducted
to ensure that the design stage output meets the design stage input
requirements.
b.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all design computations, design
drawings and other design documents are properly controlled and
checked prior to submission to the COMPANY. Design documents shall
be signed by the person(s) who prepared and checked them.
COMPANY reserves the right to return design documents without the
proper signature of the responsible person(s).
If the CONTRACTOR subcontracts the design activity, a copy of the
scope of WORK to be subcontracted shall be submitted to the
COMPANY for review and approval.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
4.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
c.
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
5.
Field Testing/Inspection and Construction/Installation Control
CONTRACTOR shall establish and document all procedures and WORK
instructions to ensure that the construction and installation processes are
performed in a controlled manner. The necessary qualification of personnel
and procedure for activities such as welding, non-destructive examination,
heat treatment, civil/concrete WORKS, etc. shall be defined. WORK
instructions and procedures shall be adhered to by the CONTRACTOR’s
personnel.
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
CONTRACTOR shall conduct inspection and testing activities at all phases
and
quality
audit
at
appropriate
stages
of
the
PROJECT
construction/installation. CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineers/inspectors shall
develop and use field inspection checklist to facilitate checking of a process,
activity, material or equipment. The field inspection checklist shall state the
characteristic to be verified, inspection method, acceptance criteria and
clause reference of the applicable standard or specification. The checklist
shall have provision for writing the result of inspection, date of inspection and
name and signature of the QA/QC engineer/inspector. Such activities where
inspection checklists are required shall include but not necessarily limited to
all
pre-commissioning
and
commissioning
checks
and
tests,
material/equipment receiving inspection, concrete pre-pour inspection,
asphalting, hydrostatic testing, pressure testing of equipment and lines and air
balancing and leak testing of HVAC system. All inspection and testing results
shall be reviewed, safely stored and maintained by the CONTRACTOR.
Typical checklist shall be provided to the COMPANY for review and comment.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
CONTRACTOR shall develop and implement the use of inspection logbook
for use by the CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineers/inspectors in recording
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
21
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
C.
Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan
1.
CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the Quality Control Plan/Inspection
and Test Plan for each major material/equipment covered under the scope of this
PROJECT; based on the following Transmission/Materials, which requires third
party factory inspection:
• 380kV XLPE Cable
• Cable Joints
•
Fiber Optic Cables
• Cable Terminations
• Link Boxes and SVL( if applicable)
• DTS System
• Grounding conductor XLPE/PVC Insulated Bare Grounding
conductors & Grounding Rods
• Non-Metallic Fiber Optic Cable
• Power and Control cable rating 1 kV (all types and sizes)
The quality activities including but not necessarily limited to inspection and
testing, for the material/equipment shall be planned and documented in the
form of a Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan. The Quality Control
Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall be submitted to the COMPANY together
with the PROJECT Quality Plan/Quality Program.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
their comments and observations as a result of their inspection.
CONTRACTOR’s personnel responsible for rectifying any observed deficiency
or non-conformance shall also write their reply in the logbook stating the
actions taken to correct the deficiency.
CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC
engineers/inspectors shall ensure that all unsatisfactory observations on an
item are cleared before any activity proceeds to the succeeding stage of that
item.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
2.
CERTIFIED
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
The essential features of the required Quality Control Plan/Inspection and
Test Plan are as follows:
a.
It is specifically identified to a particular material/equipment.
b.
It has provision for revisions to be made and is assigned a unique
document number.
c.
It lists all the inspection and testing activities sequentially.
d.
It states the location at which the activity is to be carried out.
e.
It identifies the applicable standard, test procedure to be followed and the
acceptance criteria for the inspection or test activity.
f.
It identifies the extent of inspection, sampling frequency and sample size,
or extent of check.
g.
It identifies the hold point, witness point and surveillance point.
h.
It identifies the record document to be generated, reviewed and retained.
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
22
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
3.
The Quality Control Plan/Inspection and Test Plan shall indicate the
scheduled dates of testing and inspection at the designated location.
4.
Factory inspection & testing of major equipment/materials (i.e. 380kV Cables
and terminations etc.) involved in the PROJECT, the CONTRACTOR shall
arrange traveling requirements including economy class flight and
accommodation for four (4) COMPANY Personnel for witnessing the field or
laboratory testing. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a schedule for factory
inspection of major equipment/materials along with base design package for
COMPANY review.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Manufacturers/Suppliers
1
2
3
NO.
D.
1.
CONTRACTOR shall procure all major material items for the PROJECT from
COMPANY qualified and approved sources.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that purchase orders to manufacturers/suppliers
contain all the applicable industry and COMPANY developed standards and
specifications.
3.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that Purchase Order(s) to approved
manufacturers/ suppliers are not re-assigned or sub-contracted to other
manufacturers/suppliers without COMPANY’s written consent.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
E. Quality Assurance and Quality
[Independent Inspection Agency]
2.
CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Quality Assurance and Quality
Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide directly to COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE, by express mail or fax, four (4) copies of material status,
quality surveillance reports, inspection and test reports within seven (7) days
after the inspection. Soft copies of these signed reports in CD shall also be
furnished and submitted for company records. All pages of the inspection and
test reports shall be reviewed, signed and stamped by the approved inspector
from the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.
3.
CONTRACTOR’s Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services
CONTRACTOR shall not re-assign or sublet portion of their contracted quality
control/quality assurance monitoring WORK.
4.
CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK
issued to the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.
5.
CONTRACTOR shall instruct the Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Services CONTRACTOR to verify and check each material/equipment for
________ ______
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CONTRACTOR(s)
CONTRACTOR shall CONTRACT COMPANY approved Quality Assurance
and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) to provide quality
control/quality assurance monitoring of all quality activities related to
procurement of materials and equipment to be used in this PROJECT.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
DATE :____________________
Services
1.
CERTIFIED
BY
Control
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
23
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
conformance against the PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical
Specification and each clause of the applicable SEC Material Standard
Specification (SMSS) and Transmission Material Standard Specification
(TMSS) and report all deviations that are not included in the COMPANY
issued clarifications. The report of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Services CONTRACTOR shall include the following:
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
a.
PROJECT title, CONTRACT number.
b.
Complete description of the inspected material/equipment.
c.
Report number and date.
d.
Place and date of inspection, scope of inspection.
e.
Documents used during inspection.
f.
Manufacturer and
manufactured.
g.
Detailed description of the inspection and testing activities and their
results, deviations to specification, manufacturer’s explanation to the
deviations, visual inspection result, packing and marking inspection
result, conclusion and copy of the outline drawing of the inspected
material/equipment. Witnessed tests and reviewed test data shall be
clearly identified in the inspection reports.
h.
Name of the inspector(s).
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
6.
CERTIFIED
plant
location
where
the
equipment
was
CONTRACTOR shall furnish copies of the following document to the Quality
Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR(s) contracted to
perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring of each material and
equipment before surveillance:
a.
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Purchase Order placed to the manufacturer/supplier.
b.
Relevant section of PROJECT Scope of WORK and Technical
Specification.
c.
Applicable COMPANY developed standard and specification.
d.
Manufacturer’s Technical Specifications and COMPANY approved
design drawings.
e.
COMPANY’s approval of material/equipment
clarifications issued by the COMPANY.
f.
COMPANY approved test program, manufacturing quality control plan or
inspection and test plan.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
and
applicable
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
24
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
7.
CONTRACTOR shall send to the COMPANY, copy (ies) of all technical
correspondence exchanged between CONTRACTOR and “Quality Assurance
and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR”.
8.
CONTRACTOR shall obtain approval from COMPANY before allowing any
personnel of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services
CONTRACTOR to perform quality assurance and quality control monitoring
activities related to procurement of materials to be used in this PROJECT.
The specific material/equipment to be inspected, manufacturer and location of
manufacturing plant shall be identified for each proposed inspector of the
Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services CONTRACTOR.
9.
Employment by CONTRACTOR of a Quality Assurance and Quality Control
Services CONTRACTOR shall in no way relieve the CONTRACTOR of any
obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
F.
Release for Shipment Certificate
DATE
CHK’D BY
1.
Release for Shipment Certificate is a certificate issued by the CONTRACTOR
to the supplier/manufacturer to release the described material for shipment
after recommendation by the Quality Assurance and Quality Control Services
CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all material requiring inspection and/or
quality surveillance at the supplier/manufacturer’s facility are not shipped to
the WORK SITE without a “Release for Shipment Certificate.”
3.
CONTRACTOR acknowledges that material shipped without approved
“Release for Shipment Certificate” is subject to rejection and return at the
CONTRACTOR’s expense.
4.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that all inspection and surveillance reports and
any other requirements are satisfactorily completed before requesting the
COMPANY to approve the “Release for Shipment Certificate.”
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
G. Receipt Inspection
BY
1.
CONTRACTOR shall conduct receipt inspection of major material and
equipment after delivery at the WORKSITE and shall submit a copy of the
report to the COMPANY.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall promptly report to the COMPANY any shipment and
transportation damage.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
H. Independent Testing Laboratory
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
1.
CONTRACTOR shall contract COMPANY approved Independent Testing
Laboratory for material and field testing services.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall instruct the contracted Independent Testing Laboratory
to provide four (4) copies of the test results and reports directly to COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE within three (3) days of the test completion. Test reports
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
25
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3.
CONTRACTOR shall ensure that contracted Independent Testing Laboratory
does not re-assign or sublet any portion of their contracted testing WORK.
4.
CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY a copy of the Scope of WORK
issued to and finalized with the Independent Testing Laboratory.
5.
CONTRACTOR shall make reasonable effort to obtain timely access by the
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to the Independent Testing Laboratory’s
facility, should the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE exercise the option to
witness any or all the tests and verify the calibration status of the testing
equipment.
6.
Employment by CONTRACTOR of an Independent Testing Laboratory shall in
no way relieve CONTRACTOR of any obligation set forth in this CONTRACT.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
shall indicate the tested characteristics, test methods, acceptance criteria and
applicable standard. The PROJECT Contract Number shall be used as
reference on all reports.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
I.
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
________ ______
DATE :____________________
JOB ORDER NO.
1.
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will conduct routine and/or periodic
inspection of the WORK. CONTRACTOR shall provide facilities and access
to COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE to inspect the WORK and witness the
tests.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall advise the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in writing
the schedule of any field or laboratory testing to be conducted for this
PROJECT showing the dates and location of testing.
3.
CONTRACTOR shall attach a copy of the completed inspection checklist or
final/in-process inspection report by the CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC
engineer/inspector on every inspection request submitted to the COMPANY.
CONTRACTOR’s QA/QC engineer/inspector shall ensure that the items for
inspection covered by the CONTRACTOR’s “Inspection Request” are ready
and in accordance with the CONTRACT requirements prior to inspection by
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
Inspection and witnessing of testing at site by COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE shall be within the regular working hours of the
COMPANY. CONTRACTOR’s schedule for inspection and witnessing of
testing at site by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE outside of the regular
COMPANY working hours shall have prior approval from the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
Inspection by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
26
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
J.
COMPANY’s Quality Assessment (Audit) Right
DESCRIPTION
1.
COMPANY reserves the right to conduct scheduled and/or unscheduled
quality assessment of CONTRACTOR’s Quality System, PROJECT
Operation, and PROJECT Quality Plan implementation. The results of such
assessments (audits) shall be confidential between the CONTRACTOR and
the COMPANY.
1
2
3
NO.
CONTRACTOR shall provide all access and assistance in a timely manner to
COMPANY personnel who will perform the quality assessment (audit).
The CONTRACTOR shall implement corrective actions on all deficient areas
discovered during the quality assessment (audit) within a mutually agreeable
time frame. All costs (except cost of wages, transportation and lodging of
COMPANY Quality Assessors) incurred during the quality assessment (audit)
shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
2.
APPROVED
“COMPANY reserves the right to perform plant survey, quality assessment
(audit), and quality surveillance activities and to inspect material at the
suppliers/ manufacturer’s facility to verify compliance with the terms and
conditions of the purchase order and its related documents. COMPANY
reserves the right to witness any and all tests specified and to perform such
visual examination (inspection) at the suppliers/manufacturer’s facility.
COMPANY reserves the right to require certificates and data from the
supplier/manufacturer on any pertinent aspect of the manufacturing process,
including but not limited to, mill test reports, heat treatment certificates,
welders and welding procedure qualification records, non-destructive
examination records, test records and quality control manual that will form part
of the non-material requirement that shall be shipped to COMPANY as a
document package”.
BA
CERTIFIED
K.
BY
CONTRACTOR shall include the following conditions on purchase order
placed with the manufacturers/suppliers:
Quality Control on CONTRACTOR’S Workmanship
Workmanship of the CONTRACTOR personnel in various tasks during the project
shall be thoroughly monitored by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVES. Task skill
and pattern of handling shall be the key points of this check. In case of poor
performance is observed, COMPANY will stop the work immediately and take
corrective measures in order to maintain the PROJECT’S quality.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
L.
Additional Requirements
The final COMPANY approved protection and control drawings with latest revision
numbers shall be the only drawings used by the independent inspection agency for
testing and acceptance of protection and control equipment. The acceptance criteria
shall include individual device testing and complete functional and point to point
wiring check of the panels in conjunction with the composite AC and DC schematics
and the rear view panel wiring diagrams. Each check shall refer to
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
27
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
specific drawing and revision number. This shall be implemented immediately after
base design meeting.
2.08 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
1.
Detailed manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each equipment
installed. These manuals shall contain all information (including any special
design and/or construction or operation feature), which may be required by the
COMPANY for safe operation and maintenance of the new facilities and shall
describe fully erection, commissioning, operation and maintenance procedures
including mechanical/ electrical tolerances for maintenance/repair purposes.
2.
Manufacturer's instruction manuals applicable to each particular test
apparatus.
3.
Complete sets of exploded view drawings with comprehensive parts
identification for each device to enable the COMPANY to catalog and order.
4.
Interconnection and Schematic Diagrams.
5.
Setting and Calibration Procedures and Instructions.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY complete original sets of
Maintenance/Operations Manuals, consisting of, as a minimum, the following
documents:
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
B. The submission schedule for operation and maintenance manuals as detailed in (A)
above shall be as given below:
1.
Six (6) sets for preliminary review by COMPANY as to adequacy,
completeness and legibility, etc. at least eight (8) weeks before starting the
commissioning tests.
2.
Four (4) complete sets of fully revised manuals incorporating the
COMPANY’S comments to the full satisfaction of the COMPANY on technical
completion.
3.
One soft copy of all the above documents complied in CD.
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
C. The operation and maintenance manuals shall contain all information, which may be
required by the COMPANY for safe operation and maintenance of the new facilities.
Any special design and/or construction/operating features, basic operating
procedures and philosophy shall also be included.
2.09 TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data manuals for the underground cable
system installed under the scope of this PROJECT.
B. The manuals binders shall have COMPANY logo, binder number and PROJECT title,
and CONTRACT Number on the front cover.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
28
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
2.10 TEST RECORD BOOK
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
1.
Factory test report of each particular equipment installed.
2.
Field test report, which shall include the following:
a.
Description of Equipment Tested and Manufacturer's Nameplate Data
b.
Description of Test
c.
List of Apparatus with Calibration Data
d.
Test Results
e.
Conclusions and Recommendations
f.
Appendix, including test forms
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a "Test Record Book", which shall include the
following:
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
B. Each test form where applicable shall include a column quoting the acceptable
maximum and minimum limits of the test in terms of voltage, current, frequency,
time, etc. and include “As Found” and “As Left” values.
BA
C. Four (4) copies of the "Test Record Book" are to be submitted within thirty (30) days
after completion of the PROJECT.
2.11
CERTIFIED
BY
PLANT TAGGING OF EQUIPMENT AND INDEPENDENT COMPONENTS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tag to each and every individual equipment
including independent components to be installed under this CONTRACT, which
have a material value of Five Thousand Saudi Riyals (SR 5,000), or more. The
CONTRACTOR shall install Plant Tags adjacent to the Manufacturer's Data Plate or
at any other place approved by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The
CONTRACTOR shall affix Plant Tags by bolts and nuts, or rivets or welds, or
adhesives, as instructed in writing by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE,
depending on the type of equipment to be tagged. The CONTRACTOR shall
complete Plant Tagging before technical Completion.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
B. The CONTRACTOR shall submit to COMPANY a list of all equipment and
independent components to be tagged, using the format of COMPANY Form No.
16511 (2/10) Exhibit I to the Job Specifications. Based on this list, COMPANY shall
assign Plant Tag Number to each item and CONTRACTOR shall install the Plant
Tags in accordance with this list. COMPANY will, within one (1) month from the
date of receipt of the list, issue to CONTRACTOR the Plant Tags together with the
list showing assigned Plant Tag Numbers.
C. The CONTRACTOR shall, if required, assist the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE in
locating all equipment identified by Plant Tag Numbers in accordance with the list
provided by the CONTRACTOR.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
29
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
D. The CONTRACTOR shall supply, before technical Completion, detailed lists of plant
tagging to COMPANY’S REPRESENTATIVE for use and reference.
DESCRIPTION
2.12 CONTRACTOR/COMPANY’s CONSTRUCTION SITE OFFICE AND FACILITY
A. The CONTRACTOR shall install a temporary site office prior to mobilization of any
construction activity pertaining to the PROJECT. Proposal with layout sketch of the
site office shall be submitted to COMPANY for approval. If located outside the
COMPANY compound, written permission of the owner of the land/premises shall
be obtained and copy furnished to the COMPANY for records.
The CONTRACTOR shall supply and maintain a temporary site office
accommodation for COMPANY use including a conference room, prayer room and
sanitary facilities, such as toilet and wash room. This site office shall be of very
good condition. It shall be provided with air conditioning capable of maintaining
25°C room temperature. Necessary cleaning/janitorial services and drinking water
facilities shall be provided.
1
2
3
NO.
B.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
Telephone, furniture, fire protection equipment, office equipment and supplies
including, but not limited to the following, should be available at Site Office:
APPROVED
1.
BA
CERTIFIED
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Latest IBM compatible PC with Printers (2 numbers each), MS Office and MS
PROJECT installed.
Copying Machine - 1
Fax Machine - 1
Four (4) Drawer Filing Cabinets - 4
Desks - 4
Reference Tables - 2
Swivel Chairs - 4
Conference Table for eight (8) with chairs
Drawing File Racks - 2
Guest Chairs - 4
Presentation Blackboard - 1
Log Books and Office Stationery
Portable Fire Extinguishers, Type ABC, 30 lbs. - 2
First-aid Cabinet - 1
C. Electricity Connection/Electrical Wiring
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
The CONTRACTOR shall provide his own generators to meet construction, testing
and commissioning power requirements. However, if power supply point is available
near the PROJECT site, then a temporary metered electricity connection on
chargeable basis will be provided by the COMPANY to the site office by Operating
Area at the request of the CONTRACTOR.
DATE :____________________
The temporary electrical wiring and installation for the site office is to be performed
in accordance with the requirements of the latest revision of the National Electrical
Code (NEC) or the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA).
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
30
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
D. Telephone Connection
DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall avail a temporary telecommunication facility at the site
office. The COMPANY may, at its discretion, allow the CONTRACTOR to have
temporary extension of telephone connection, if possible, from the existing
telecommunication facility on remittance of telephone rental charges as per
COMPANY regulations. Telephone sets and associated cabling shall be installed
by the CONTRACTOR.
The CONTRACTOR will be allowed to use the telephone only for making local calls.
For site office requirement and construction purpose, the CONTRACTOR shall
arrange adequate water supply from Municipality. If no Municipal water supply
extension is available, a water tank of adequate capacity shall be installed for site
requirement during construction stage.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Water Supply Connection
1
2
3
NO.
E.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
F.
APPROVED
A temporary drainage connection from existing system shall be provided to the site
office. Alternate arrangement as per standards shall be provided if drainage facility
does not exist.
G.
BA
CERTIFIED
Drainage Connection
Quality of Temporary WORK
Temporary WORK shall conform to applicable COMPANY Standards and/or the
requirement of concerned outside agencies and shall be removed from the
premises upon completion of the WORK, unless specifically mentioned otherwise.
H. Housekeeping and Cleanliness
The CONTRACTOR shall bestow special attention in housekeeping and
cleanliness. All rubbish and waste shall be removed at regular intervals from the
site on daily basis. During construction, all nearby equipments shall be secured by
the CONTRACTOR to prevent the intrusion of the dust into these equipments.
I.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
Demobilization
After obtaining the demobilization approval from the COMPANY, the
CONTRACTOR shall arrange to remove all temporary facilities and submit
clearance certificates from the concerned authorities on completion of the
PROJECT or fifteen (15) days after removal of the temporary facilities whichever is
later.
________ ______
DATE :____________________
2.13 LOSS PREVENTION REQUIREMENTS
The CONTRACTOR and/or CONTRACTOR’s SUBCONTRACTOR(s) shall strictly
comply with the following Loss Prevention requirements, in addition to the
stipulations in Schedule A - General Terms and Conditions of CONTRACT:
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
31
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
DRAWN BY
1.
Strict adherence to all applicable provisions of the COMPANY Accident
Prevention Manual and Construction Safety Manual (ISD Special Manual No.
6.483).
2.
Compliance with the provisions of the COMPANY General Instructions on
WORK Permit and Clearance Procedure (G.I. “65.111”). The CONTRACTOR
shall have an authorized employee with certificate to receive WORK Permit. If
the CONTRACTOR has no authorized employee, or has an employee with
expired certificate, he shall be responsible to coordinate with the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE for scheduling of WORK Permit training course. All
activities of the CONTRACTOR near or inside the substation shall be allowed
only after securing WORK Permit.
3.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit his Loss Prevention Program to the
COMPANY sufficiently in advance to obtain COMPANY approval prior to
commencement of WORK at site. The Loss Prevention Programs shall
contain the following:
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
A. General Requirements
REVISIONS
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
a.
APPROVED
Cover Page complete with references, as follows:
-
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CONTRACTOR’s Name
Title of Submittal
PROJECT Title and Location
CONTRACT Number
COMPANY’s Name
Date of revision
b.
Table of Contents
c.
CONTRACTOR’s COMPANY Safety Policy Statement complete with
signature over printed name and title of CONTRACTOR’s Management
REPRESENTATIVE.
d.
Specific program items (suitable for the SOW) that the CONTRACTOR
proposes to implement during the CONTRACT execution.
e.
Attachments necessary to supplement the program.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
-
PROJECT Table of Organization
Construction Schedule
Equipment Schedule
Manpower Schedule
CONTRACTOR’s standard forms for safety related reports.
Temporary Facilities Layout Plan showing the distribution, type and
capacity of portable fire extinguishers
- Temporary Facilities Location Plan
- Copy of valid certificate of first aid
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
32
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
The CONTRACTOR shall provide necessary personal protective clothing (i.e.
head, eye, face, hand, and foot protection) and respiratory protective
equipment including personal protective equipment for fall protection such as
safety belts and lifelines, and implement wearing them.
5.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide and use adequate and suitable
safety/warning signs, cordon tapes, portable barricades, warning lights and
personnel protective equipment at the JOB SITE to protect the safety of
COMPANY and CONTRACTOR personnel and the public, and to prevent
damage to property.
6.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide first aid facilities and must have a certified
employee to administer first aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation (CPR).
7.
The CONTRACTOR shall refrain from using mechanized excavation
equipment within restricted areas unless cleared and permitted to do so.
8.
The CONTRACTOR shall request in advance a clearance for de-energizing
the interfacing points and observe grounding procedures.
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, ID cards for his
employees and stickers for his vehicles/equipment prior to mobilization to site.
CHK’
4.
1
3
2
DESCRIPTION
NO.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
9.
APPROVED
10.
In order to prevent theft/loss of materials/equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall
take the necessary measures and precautions including but not limited to the
following:
a.
BA
b.
CERTIFIED
c.
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
All materials provided or used in this CONTRACT shall be stored by the
CONTRACTOR in safe and secured locations even if stored for short
period of time.
If the equipment/materials are to be stored in the substation area for a
prolonged period, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that they are kept in
locked containers or any other appropriate method of storage such that
the materials/equipment are not easily noticeable by people with
intention of theft or pilferage. Moreover, such containers shall be placed
at a distance from the fence/boundary wall.
The CONTRACTOR shall also consider other factors (i.e. temperature,
humidity) affecting the storage of the materials/equipment being stored
in containers, to avoid any damage during such storage period.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
B. PROJECT Involving Elevated WORKS
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
1.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit his heavy equipment (i.e. cranes and bucket
trucks) to the COMPANY for safety inspection and certification and
correspondingly stick with green safety sticker.
2.
The CONTRACTOR’s ladders shall conform to OSHA (Occupational Safety
and Health Administration) standard. Safety practices shall be followed in
positioning ladders. Scaffolds shall be designed, built and inspected by a
competent engineer prior to its use.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
33
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
C. PROJECT Involving Welding and Cutting Operations
1.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable fire extinguishers to be used in
case of fire emergencies.
2.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide the welding gas cylinders with suitable rack
that is equipped with security chain(s).
D. PROJECT near Energized Lines or Equipment
1
2
3
NO.
Observe working clearances when working near or about energized line or
equipment as per COMPANY’s Accident Prevention Manual.
E. PROJECT Requiring the Use of Chemical(s)
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Submit material safety data sheets (MSDS) of chemicals required or which are to be
used in the execution of the PROJECT.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
2.14 OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS
The successful bidder/CONTRACTOR shall submit itemized prices and complete
technical data/ brochures for the spare parts included in the list per Appendix-V.
APPROVED
These shall be in accordance with the requirements as listed in the pricing
attachment 'VI' to SCHEDULE "C" of this contract.
BA
2.15
SHUTDOWN/ OUTAGE COORDINATION
Planned outages of existing equipment, which are required for CONTRACTOR’s
installation of new equipment or movement/relocation of existing equipment, shall
be minimized by CONTRACTOR during his PROJECT execution.
CERTIFIED
Where outages of existing equipment cannot be avoided, CONTRACTOR shall
coordinate all details of planned outages through the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE with initial coordination occurring during the base design stage
of the PROJECT.
BY
As part of the CONTRACTOR’s coordination activity (for the planned outage),
CONTRACTOR shall provide reasons, plans and detailed schedule for the planned
outages that will be subjected to COMPANY’s review and approval.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
COMPANY’s approval of planned outages shall be based solely on COMPANY’s
operational considerations.
DATE :____________________
CONTRACTOR shall note that, as a minimum requirement, COMPANY will
consider approval of CONTRACTOR’s proposed planned outages during low load
periods (beginning of November to start of April), and when CONTRACTOR shall
provide enough manpower at the outage site(s) to minimize the planned outage
time.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
34
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
No unplanned outages/disruptions of COMPANY’s equipment or systems shall be
allowed to support the CONTRACTOR’s installation of any new equipment, or
CONTRACTOR’s movement/relocation of existing equipment at any site.
1
2
3
NO.
**** END OF SECTION II ****
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
35
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
SECTION III - SCOPE OF WORK
3.01 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
A. This PROJECT shall be carried out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis. The
CONTRACTOR shall design, manufacture/procure, supply and deliver all equipment
and materials, construction, commissioning, SITE testing and provide other related
services for the completion of this PROJECT in accordance with the requirements
of this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications.
1
2
3
NO.
B. The WORK shall include, but not limited to, the following:
1.
All design and engineering services.
2.
Procurement and filling of all the Cable Pipes with Bentonite.
3.
Extra length of cable shall be provided in shape of snacking, at both ends of
straight through joints and cable termination ends for future re-jointing.
4.
Inspection, testing & commissioning of all constructed and installed
equipment, and their allied facilities.
5.
The whole specified cable route shall be thoroughly investigated and
surveyed. Any utilities/cables found along the route, which provide hindrance
to the construction of cable tunnels/ducts, shall be reflected in the design
drawings & relocated (if required). If such relocation is not possible then an
alternate route shall be proposed & submitted to SEC for approval.
7.
Contractor shall submit to SEC final feasible drawings for 380kV cable tunnel
route & Fiber optic/control cables ducts route for approval.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
C. The CONTRACTOR shall handover all dismantled materials/equipment if any to
COMPANY designated warehouse.
D. Contractor shall coordinate with SEC/Other Contractors (if any) for relocation of the
existing facilities/cables as required.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
36
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
3.02 ELECTRICAL WORK
DESCRIPTION
380kV CABLES FROM GT Generation Transformers of Steam
Turbines) AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO 380kV GIS AT QASSIM-4
(9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
The WORK shall include, but not limited to, the following:
1
2
3
NO.
A.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
Complete design, supply and installation of Three (3) 380kV, U/G Cable
circuits consisting of one run of 1/C-1000mm2, Copper conductor, Super
clean-XLPE Cable per phase, complete with all required cable terminations,
splice kits and all other accessories between GT AT Qassim Power Plant to
GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION, as per 380kV cable route plan
drawing # CT-906045 Approximate route length of each circuit are as below
1. Steam Turbine #1 To S/S 9032 : 600M
2. Steam Turbine #02 To S/S 9032: 330M
3. Steam Turbine #03 To S/S 9032: 1000M
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
B.
Complete design, supply and installation Fiber Optic, Multicore/ LV / Control
Cables, As per respective Appendices, along with the Cable Circuits,
complete with all required accessories between GT at Qassim Power Plant
(Transmission room) and GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
C.
Eighteen (18) nos. 380kV Cable Sealing Ends, Nine (9) nos.SF6/XLPE at new
Qassim-4 (9032) and Nine (9) nos. Oil Immersed type at GT of Qassim power
Plant, complete with cable termination kits, SF6/XLPE, XLPE/Oil interfaces
and all other accessories.
D.
Lot: Suitable Link Boxes in underground pits and Sheath Voltage limiters
as per Design calculations.
Note:
The 380kV Cable Sheaths shall be fully cross bonded. The 380kV cables
shall be checked for bonding configuration adequacy and sheath voltage
limiter, which shall be provided. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish calculations
for COMPANY review/approval.
BY
E.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
Lot: Grounding interconnections including supply of all grounding
materials and provide grounding as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01.
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
F.
Six (6) channel Distributed Temperature Sensing System complete with Digital
Controller based Control Panel, Sensors, Fiber optic cable (4 fiber) per phase
monitoring, Heat Tracing cables and all other accessories for a complete
system. DTS shall have self checking facility for the system. Spare contacts
shall be provided for LD i.e. supplies system fiber failure. One printer shall be
provided along with DTS system. The DTS system shall be integrated with
SAS.
G.
Testing & commissioning of DTS System including Optic fiber DTS cable and
documentation of the results.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
37
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
H.
Testing and commissioning of proposed underground power cables end-toend between GT at Qassim Power Plant & GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV
SUBSTATION and documentation of the results. All required WORK,
materials, tools and accessories to perform this testing and commissioning
shall be provided and performed by the CONTRACTOR.
I.
Gassing and degassing of related 380kV GIS cable compartments at Qassim4 (9032) SUBSTATION and documentation for the above mentioned work.
Gassing & degassing work including Electrical Tests is the CONTRACTOR’S
responsibility but it should be carried out by the GIS manufacturer or as
approved by SEC.
J. Testing & commissioning of Optic fiber cables for protection and documentation
of the results, as per APPENDIX-VII.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
3.03 CIVIL WORK
DATE
For Civil and Structural works, refer to Appendix-VIII.
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
3.04. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A.
1. Provide and install complete fire detection/alarm systems as per SEC
specification TES-B-106-01 Rev.0 at cable tunnels that shall include the
following major equipment/devices:
BA
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
CERTIFIED
BY
Fire Detection / Alarm System
Fire Protective Signaling Panel (FPSP) located at Control Room
Mimic panel located at Control Building
Annunciation Panel at Guard House (if Applicable)
Automatic Fire Detectors
Manual Alarm Stations
Audible and Visual Alarm Devices
Data Printer to be located at Control Building
Fire Fighting Equipment.
2. Annunciation/ alarm & clean agent gas discharge shall be transmitted to
SAS & LDC. Detailed proposal shall be submitted for SEC review and
Approval.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
B.
Fire Protection System
1. All Cable Tunnels shall be provided with complete Fixed
Installation Total Flooding Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing
System to comply with the requirements of TES-B-106.05 or
TES-B-106.06. It shall also comply with NFPA 2001 (2012
Edition).
2. Power cable shall be made flame retardant inside the
substation which may be achieved by painting. The supply of
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
38
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
paint shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR/
Manufacturer.
3. The fire protection system shall be integrated with SAS.
4. Refer to TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06 for specification for
Fixed Installation Total Flooding Clean Agent Fire
Extinguishing System.
5. All fire fighting equipment to be provided shall be UL listed
and/or Factory Mutual (FM) approved. Fire fighting system to
be provided shall fully comply with all requirements of
relevant NFPA codes and standards.
6. Each area protected with clean agent system shall have
independent conventional control panel complete with
conventional detectors. The control panel shall have
provision for automatic and manual mode to be located in
close proximity to the area being protected.
7. Each door leading to the protected areas (exit or entrance)
shall have clean agent system indicators located outside of
the protected area next to the door.
8. Visual & audible alarm shall be provided inside and outside
the protected areas.
9. Cable penetration fire stops shall be provided in accordance
with the requirements outlined in TES-P-119.21.
10. The minimum clean agent design concentration to be used in
design shall be based on NFPA 2001, 2012 Edition. No
elevation correction shall be applied.
11. The cable tunnels shall be provided with partition & door at
every 60 meters interval.
12. Maximum capacity of clean agent cylinder shall not exceed
750 pounds.
13. Clean agent cylinders located inside the protected area shall
be provided with manual-mechanical / manual-pneumatic
actuator beside the door of the entrance to the protected
spaces.
14. Cylinders
for cable tunnels shall be located in an
unobstruced and accessible area when installed inside the
cable tunnel, otherwise an independent and air-conditioned
cylinder room shall be provided above the tunnel.
15. Fire Extinguishers shall be provided and installed in
accordance with the requirements of 90-TMSS-03 and TESP-119.21.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3.05
MECHANICAL WORKS
The WORK shall include supply of equipment, materials, labor and
tools for the installation of new systems. The WORK shall also
include equipment start-up, testing and commissioning for the new
systems and to execute other related services for the safe, efficient
and reliable performance and complete installation of this PROJECT
to the satisfaction of the COMPANY in conformance with the
requirements as prescribed below.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
39
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
Cable Tunnels
DESCRIPTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
REVISIONS
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
DOCUMENT
TYPE
INDEX
DRAWN BY
PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS
A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies
and drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01, as a
minimum.
Table 3.01
1
2
3
NO.
3.06
P
P
APPROVED
P
P
P
P
BA
EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS
P
CERTIFIED
BY
Ventilation system shall be provided for the cable tunnels.
Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Ventilation System.
Drainage System.
Smoke purging/ventilating fans shall be provided in
accordance with the requirements for cable basement in
TES-P-119.19.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
T
T
T
________ ______
REPO
RTS,
PRO
CEDU
RES,
PROP
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
A
A
A
BID
STAGE
DOCUMENT DESCRIPTION
XLPE Power Cables
XLPE Cable Terminations and
Splice Kits
Grounding Cables and Grounding
Rods
Bonding Leads & Sheath
Sectionalizing Insulators
Sheath Voltage Limiter (SVL)
Link Box along with its
accessories
Power Cable Clamps
Fire Alarm System Equipment
U/G Non Metallic Fiber Optic
Cable (U/G NFOC)
NMFOC Accessories
Optical Fiber Joint Boxes
Link Box Foundation
Cable Supports
Cable Warning Tapes
Cable Protective Tiles
Steel Wire Mesh
Cable warning post
Duct Sealing Units
PVC Conduits and Fittings
HDPE/Corrugated Sub ducts
HVAC Equipment
Fire Protection Equipment
Plumbing Equipment
Concrete
Asphalt Concrete Pavement
Reinforcing Steel
Backfill Materials
Water Leakage Sealant for Cable
Ducts & Fire Proofing Material to
Protect the Cables in Cable
Basement
Description of the Project
Scope of Work
Design Basis and Data
BASE
DESIGN
STAGE
DETAIL &
AS-BUILT
CONSTRUCTI
STAGE
ON STAGE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
40
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
CHK’
A
A
A
DESCRIPTION
A
P
P
P
1
2
3
NO.
P
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
P
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
P
APPROVED
P
P
BA
CONTROL
SHEET
X
X
A/P
A/P
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
DESIGN DRAWINGS
CERTIFIED
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A
A
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
Maintenance Aspects
Major Materials Purchase
Requisitions (Preliminary)
Soil Thermal Resistivity
Measurements Report along cables
route
Type Test Reports for Major
Equipment/Materials
Detailed Cable Ampacity
Calculations
Electrical Interference Study in case
the power cable parallel to
communication circuits
Calculations of Power Cables
Sequence Impedances
Calculations for Cable Metallic
Sheath Sizing and Fault current
withstand capability
Calculations for Sheath Induced
Voltage under normal & fault
conditions and the Selection of
Sheath Voltage Limiters (SVL)
Detailed explanation for adopting
the major/minor sections
arrangement for cross bonding
scheme
Cable pulling tension and sidewall
pressure calculations
Structural Design calculations for
duct banks on road crossings
Drawing Control Sheet
Revision of Existing Drawing
Control Sheets
Plot Plan - Power cables Routing
Plan
Plan & profile details - Showing the
cables circuits with necessary
sections, Elevations and Details,
utilities, spacing (splicing) points,
location of link Boxes for cable
sheath grounding and
communication Hand holes.
List of Materials
SITE Layout
Abbreviations, Symbols and Legend
Underground power cables System
One Line Diagram
Relaying and Metering - System
One Line Diagram
Cable Arrangement and Details in
<<Substation basements &
Tunnles/Troughs>>
Cable Metallic Sheath Grounding
(Bonding) Arrangement and Details
Link Box Locations Plan, Section
and Details
Revised Existing COMPANY
Drawings to reflect the newly
completed PROJECT
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
41
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
CHK’
P
P
DESCRIPTION
P/T
T
T
T
1
2
3
NO.
T
THM
T
T
T
APPROVED
T
T
T
M
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
DATE
CHK’D BY
Q/R
Q/R
Q/R
Q/R
Q/R
A
BA
CERTIFIED
TEST PLAN, SCHEDULE,
PROCEDURES ETC.
A
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Power Cables Termination
Arrangement, Termination Plan,
Sections/Details and Splicing
Details
Interface diagrams of Power cables
at <<Source Substation and
Destination Substation>>.
Underground power and Fiber Optic
Cables Routing Plan and profile,
Sections and Details
Fiber Optic Cable Interconnection
Diagram
Key Plan - Fiber Optic Cable
Fiber Optic Cable Route/Layout
Inside <<Three Substations>>
Fiber Optic Cable Pulling Plan and
Calculations Details
Mandrel Test Plan Details
Communication Hand hole Plan
Communication Hand hole fold outs
and details
Overall FOC cable layout
U/G NMFOC Route plan
Fiber Optic Cable Splicing details
Power Cables Support and
Calculation of Cable Clamp
Spacing
Duct bank Details
Steel Bending Details
Link Box Foundation Details
Hand hole Details
Details of Trenches & Duct banks
PROJECT PERT/CPM Schedule for
Monitoring and Control Activities
CONTRACTOR’S Loss Prevention
Program
Site Security Plan
QA/QC Plan
Inspection, Test Plan and Factory
Test Procedure for Materials
Site Pre-commissioning &
Commissioning Plan
Site Work Test Procedure
Job Safety Plan - CONTRACTOR’S
Loss Prevention Program
SITE Security Plan
Preliminary Outage Schedule and
Plan
Final Outage Schedule and Plan
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
DATE :____________________
X - Indicates requirement for submission.
The requirements indicated under column “Detail & Construction Stage” shall be
submitted as indicated against each item. The time schedule for the submittal of each
group shall be finalized during base design. Partial submittal of calculations/drawings
in any group will not be accepted.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
42
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
Notes to the Above Table:
1.
Bid Stage
a.
The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:
DESCRIPTION
-
-
1
2
3
NO.
-
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
b.
THM
Data Schedules completely filled-up, signed, dated and stamped
by both the Manufacturer and Contractor
Equipment catalogues makes, type and technical parameters duly
highlighted
Certified Type (Design) Test report of all major equipment
Clause by clause compliance statement of the COMPANY’S
Material Standards Specification duly signed, dated stamped and
dated by both the Manufacturer and Contractor
List of past supplies
Vendor drawings
The following shall also be provided:
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
2.
-
Compliance statement for the scope of WORK duly signed, dated
and stamped by Contractor
-
List of deviations, if any duly signed, dated and stamped by both
the Manufacturer and Contractor
Base Design Stage
Final approval of major equipment (indicated under bid stage, Table 3.01),
after all deviations have been resolved, shall be obtained.
The following shall be provided for each indicated item in the table:
BA
a.
b.
c.
d.
CERTIFIED
e.
f.
g.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
Design calculations
Original manufacturer’s drawings and literatures
Design drawings
Final data schedules duly signed, stamped and dated by both
equipment/ manufacturers and CONTRACTOR
Final clause-by-clause compliance statement duly signed, stamped
and dated by both equipment/material manufacturers and
CONTRACTOR
Vendor drawings
Computer Software used for Current Rating & Sheath Induced
Voltage Calculations shall be provided along with two (2) Dongle
Keys to EHV-E & DD at the time of submission of Current Rating &
Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations and training two (2) EHV-E &
DD Engineers for the supplied Software
3. Final Design and Construction Drawings Stage
a.
Final Design Drawings
-
Final design drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in
the table.
Final design calculation for the PROJECT and additional
calculations, if required.
-
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
43
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
b.
DESCRIPTION
-
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Construction Drawings
Final construction drawings shall be provided for each indicated
item in the table.
Revised final construction drawings shall be provided, if required.
As-Built Stage
a.
As-built drawings shall be provided for each indicated item in the
table.
b.
The As-built drawings for Power and Fiber Optic Cable Routes
shall include Cable and Joints locations using Global Positioning
System (GPS) on following scales:
1
2
3
NO.
4.
Final approval of design drawings, after incorporating all comments
of COMPANY, shall be obtained.
Vendor drawings
THM
DATE
ƒ Key Plan: 1:10000/1:20000 depending on the Route-Length or as
directed by the SEC.
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
ƒ Detailed Drawings: 1:300/1:1000 depending on the Route-Length or as
directed by the SEC.
Along with the final detail design package, CONTRACTOR shall submit
the following in Abode Portable Document Format (PDF) files. Packages
shall be put such that each discipline documents are arranged in a
separate folder. CONTRACTOR shall furnish the same in a CD.
BA
a.
b.
c.
d.
CERTIFIED
Design Drawings
Design Calculations
Material Data Schedules
Equipment Catalogue
The revision numbers and revision notes shall be retained in the submitted
final detail design drawings. Both of input and output files for design
calculations carried out by computer programs shall be furnished.
All PDF files shall have no open or change security password.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
3.07
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS
The CONTRACTOR shall also carry out the following WORK:
DATE :____________________
B.
The CONTRACTOR shall satisfy all the conditions listed in the approvals for
the PERMIT/APPROVAL from all concerned authority (if required) of utilities in
the proposed routes and coordinate all WORK activities with the respective
agencies. CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with all the above mentioned m
agencies and correspondences regarding permit / approval.
E. Reinstatement of existing facilities such as asphalt, curb stone, median, plant,
Landscape, etc., shall be reinstated to the satisfaction of COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE and agencies/authorities involved.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
44
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
F. Excavation and, if necessary, Dewatering, shuttering of the Cable Trenches as
Well as the preparation of the Cable Ducts and Supporting Structures for the
Installation of the Cables.
3.08. PROJECT INTERFACE
DESCRIPTION
The
following
summarizes
the
interface
jobs/activities
between
Contractors/Client at Qassim Power Plant and at Qassim-4 (9032) 380KV
SUBSTATION and 380kV Underground Cable Contractors. These
Jobs/activities shall be coordinated through the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
1
2
3
NO.
AT Qassim power plant & Qassim-4 Substation (9032)
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Sr. #
THM
ACTIVITY
[Include design, supply of material,
erection, testing & commissioning]
DATE
CHK’D BY
1
APPROVED
2
BA
CERTIFIED
3
BY
4
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
5
6
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
Power
Plant
Contra
ctor
Cable
Contrac
tor
C
X
C
C
X
C
C
X
C
C
X
C
C
X
C
Construction of respective Tunnels
as per Approved cable Route
drawing between Qassim power
Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S
(9032) for 380KV cables
Construction of respective cable
duct bank/HH /steel pipes, as per
Contractor Approved Route
Drawing between Qassim power
Plant & Qassim-4 380KV S/S
(9032) for laying optic fiber and
Control/instrumentation/Multicore/
LV cables.
Provision of all required cable
supports/trays/ladders/clamps and
Grounding Interconnection at GT,
inside cable tunnels & GIS hall, for
laying 380kV Power cables and
DTS cables.
Laying of 380kV power cables
between GT at Qassim power
Plant & 380kV GIS cable
compartments at Qassim-4 S/S
(9032), including link boxes &
SVLs and complete DTS system.
Termination, testing &
commissioning of 380kV power
cables including complete DTS
system
Gassing/degassing of 380kV GIS
cable compartments at Qassim-4
(9032) S/S for termination of
380KV power cables
S/S
Contrac
tor
C
X
C
Remarks
Gassing/d
egassing
to be
carried
out by
GIS
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
45
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
manufact
urer
DESCRIPTION
7
1
2
3
NO.
8
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
9
THM
10
DATE
CHK’D BY
11
APPROVED
12
BA
13
CERTIFIED
Optic Fiber Cables between
Qassim power Plant & Qassim-4
380KV S/S (9032) for 380KV
cables ( between splitter boxes in
telecom rooms at both ends),
including all steel/PVC pipes,
hardware etc.
Splicing/termination of OFC at
splitter boxes in telecom rooms of
both ends, including pig-tail
connections.
End to End testing &
commissioning of OFC & telecom
equipment
Labels of circuits at 380kV GIS &
Cable Entries point.
Labels of Opticle Fibre Cable at
requied places.
Collection of Subsatation Layout
from S/S Contractor/ Client and
submission of 380 KV, DTS and
Optic Fibre Cables arrangement
(Plan & Section) inside the
Substation for Company review &
approval.
Misc. Items , whether mentioned or
not, required for the successful
completion, Testing and Operation
of all works.
C
X
C
C
X
C
X
X
X
C
X
C
C
X
C
C
X
C
X
C
X
C
X
C
3.09 STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
BY
All WORKS equipment and material covered by this document shall conform to the
latest edition of the COMPANY’S Material Standard Specifications supplemented
with latest applicable industry Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest
edition of each Standard and Specification shall mean the latest edition specified
hereunder.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the following Standards, Codes and
Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise accepted by a
written waiver from COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent"
Standards and Specifications if such standards and specifications are equal to or
better than those specified herein, and shall be subject to prior approval of the
COMPANY.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
For additional standards relating to communications system installation and supply of
communications materials, refer to Appendix VI.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
46
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
NOTE:
DESCRIPTION
All Materials/Equipments, to be used for this Project, shall be of National Grid SA
prequalified Manufacturers and from approved make and Type only
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
COMPANY Materials Standard Specifications
01-TMSS-01
(Rev. 01)
General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials
10-TMSS-01
(Rev. 01)
Conductors Bare.
10-TMSS-05
(Rev. 01)
Bare, Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and Ground Rod
11-SDMS-03
(Rev. 01)
XLPE insulated Power cable for rated voltage from 15 to 36kV
11-TMSS-02
Rev-01
Power cable, XLPE insulated, copper conductor, single core
110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV
11-TMSS-10
(Rev. 01)
Power and/or Control Cable, Cu. or Al. Conductor, 600/1000V
Rating
11-TMSS-11
(Rev. 0)
Instrumentation Cables, Shielded
12-SDMS-01
(Rev.01)
Cables joints, termination and accessaries up to 36kV
12-TMSS-10
(Rev.0)
Splice and Termination Kits for Power Cables,
Rated 69kV, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV and 380kV
1
2
3
NO.
A.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
12-TMSS-11
(Rev. 0)
Link Boxes for Grounding of U/G Power Cables
23-TMSS-01
(Rev. 0)
PVC Conduits and Fittings for Underground cables
23-TMSS-02
(Rev. 0)
Duct Sealing Unit
23-TMSS-04
(Rev. 0)
Cable Clamps for Power Cables
24-TMSS-01
(Rev. 01)
Metallic Cable Tray Systems
31-TMSS-01
(Rev. 0)
Relay and Control Panels
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
47
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
31-TMSS-02
(Rev. 0)
Auxiliary AC/DC Panels
31-TMSS-06
(Rev. 0)
Terminal Blocks
37-TMSS-03
(Rev. 0)
LV Circuit breakers
50-TMSS-01
(Rev. 0)
Current Transformers, 11kV through 380kV
50-TMSS-03
(Rev. 0)
Potential Transformers, 33kV through 380kV
70-TMSS-03
(Rev. 01)
Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete
73-TMSS-05
(Rev.0)
Centrifugal exhaust Fans
75-TMSS-01
(Rev.0)
Plastic Piping for Plumbing system
78-TMSS-06
(Rev. 0)
Paints: Aluminium And Steel
83-TMSS-01
(Rev.0)
submersible sump pump
90-TMSS-01
(Rev. 0)
Fire Protective Signaling Panels
90-TMSS- 03
(Rev. 0)
Portable Fire Extinguishers
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
B.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
COMPANY Engineering Standards
TES-B-106.01
(Rev. 0)
Fire Detection and Alarm Systems
TES-B-106.05
(Rev. 0)
HFC-227 ea Clean Agent Extinguishing System
TES-B-106.06
(Rev. 0)
FK 5-1-12 Fixed installation Total Flooding Clean-Agent Fire
Extinguishing System
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
48
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
TES-H-107.01
(Rev. 0)
Painting Standards
TES-H-107.02
(Rev. 0)
Paint Color Codes and Standards
TES-P-104.01
(Rev. 01)
General Engineering Requirements for U/G Cables
TES-P-104.02
(Rev. 01)
Cable Construction
TES-P-104.03
(Rev. 01)
Cable sizing and selection
TES-P-104.04
(Rev. 01)
Splice & Terminations
TES-P-104.05
(Rev. 01)
Cable Installations, Engineering Requirements
TES-P-104.08
(Rev. 1)
Bonding & Grounding of Insulated Metallic Sheath of Power
Cable System
TES-P-119.01
(Rev. 0)
Introduction to Substation Design Standards
TES-P-119.02
(Rev. 0)
Basic Design Aspects
TES-P-119.08
(Rev. 0)
Clearances
TES-P-119.10
(Rev. 0)
Grounding
TES-P-119.12
(Rev. 0)
Application Criteria for Electrical Equipment
TES-P-119.19
(Rev. 01)
Substation building And Site Development
TES-P-119.20
(Rev. 0)
LV Cable Raceways and Cable installation practices
TES-P-119.21
(Rev.0)
Fire & Loss Prevention Requirements
TES-P-119.29
(Rev. 0)
LV Cable Selection and Sizing (600V & Below)
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
49
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TES-P-119.30
(Rev. 0)
Auxiliary Power Systems (AC/DC)
TES-P-119.33
(Rev. 0)
Substation Electrical Diagrams
TES-P-119.34
(Rev. 0)
Application of System Grounding
HVAC Systems and Equipment Installation
TCS-P-104.01
(Rev.0)
General Requirements for Underground Power Cables System
TCS-P-104.02
(Rev.0)
Cable Reels Handling & Storage
TCS-P-104.03
(Rev.0)
Trenches and Ducts
TCS-P-104.06
(Rev.0) `
Cable Installation, Field Handling Procedures
TCS-P-104.08
(Rev.0)
Field Testing of Power Cables 110kV,115kV,132kV,230kV and
380kV
TCS-P-105.00
(Rev. 01)
Pre-Commissioning Tests/procedures for SEC transmission
transmission installation
TCS-Q-113.01
(Rev. 0)
Asphalt Concrete Paving
TCS-Q-113.02
(Rev. 01)
Earthworks
TCS-Q-113.03
(Rev. 01)
Cast-In-Place Concrete
TCS-Q-113.04
(Rev. 0)
Precast Concrete works
TCS-P-122-02
(Rev. 0)
Material Handling
TCS-P-122.03
(Rev.0)
Structure Staking
TCS-P-122.05
(Rev. 0)
Installation of Steel Structure Foundations
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
COMPANY Construction Standards
TCS-K-100.01
(Rev.0)
1
2
3
NO.
C.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
50
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
TCS-P-122.06
(Rev. 0)
Steel Structures Assembly and Erection
TCS-T-111.02
(Rev.0)
Conduit Sealing For Underground Communication Cable
1
2
3
NO.
D. COMPANY Standard Drawings
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
SA-421111
Plumbing Miscellaneous Details
TD-800007
(Rev. 0)
Standard Sign Danger High Voltage Keep Away
TA-800063
(Rev. 0)
Highway Crossing for 69kV to 380kV Cables
TA-800106
(Rev. 0)
Fire Protection-Miscellaneous details
TA-800012
(Rev.0)
Pre-cast Concrete panel Boundary Wall (Plan,Elevation and
Details)
TA-800062
Rev.0
Typical Duct Bank Sections Concrete Encased Duct Bank for 69
kV to 380kV
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
TA-800096
(Rev. 0)
Service Manholes type -1 (1.20mX1.5mX1.85m) Details and
ReInforcement
TA-800097
(Rev. 0)
Service Manholes type -2 (1.50mX2.75mX2.00m) Details and
ReInforcement
TA-800106
(Rev. 0)
Fire Protection Miscellaneous Details
TA-800133
(Rev. 0)
Removeable Crash barrier Location Plan and detail in substation
TB-800079
(Rev. 0)
PVC Conduit Installation Concrete Encased (Vital Communication)
SC-036128
(Rev. 0)
Anchor Bolt Details of Standard Anchor
TE-800110
(Rev. 0)
COMPANY Monogram for Equipment Mounting
TD-800008
(Rev. 0)
Standard Sign, Danger High Voltage, Bone & Skull
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
51
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
3.10 SPECIFIC COMMUNICATION STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION
For Communication Standard and Specification refer to Appendix-VI
1
2
3
NO.
*** END OF SECTION III ***
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
52
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
SECTION IV - ENGINEERING DESIGN CRITERIA AND REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall adopt the following design criteria and requirements for the
PROJECT as a minimum:
4.01 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
All equipment devices furnished under this PROJECT shall be suitable for operation
under the SITE conditions outlined in the COMPANY General Specification 01TMSS-01, Rev.01 “General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials.”
1
2
3
NO.
Soil Thermal Resistivity
The soil thermal resistivity is largely dependent on density and water content of the
relevant type of soil. Therefore, the actual thermal resistivity of the soil along the
whole power cable route shall be measured prior to the design and all test results
shall be included in the base design package. Actual soil thermal resistivity values
shall be used to calculate cable Ampacities.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
4.02 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS
A. General
The 380kV underground design parameters shall be in accordance with the
requirements outlined in COMPANY General Specification 01-TMSS-01, Rev.01,
“General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials.”
BA
B. System Short Circuit Level
COMPANY’S 380kV system is effectively grounded. The short circuit rating of the
380kV system of the source Substation and the new Substation shall be considered
as follows:
CERTIFIED
1.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
C.
The short circuit rating of the 380kV Switchgear is 63kA (1 second).
The 380kV cable design shall be based on the 380kV system short circuits
rating at 63 kA for 1sec.
System Phasing Arrangement
________ ______
The Cable Contractor shall coordinate with Substation and Power Plant Contractors
for correct Phasing at both ends.
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
53
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
4.03 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
The following design requirements shall be considered by the CONTRACTOR.
1.
Cable Ampacity shall be supported by detailed calculations as per IEC 60287
1-1, 1-2 & 1-3 to assure the availability of the required cable Ampacity for
actual cable installations and SITE conditions, particularly at worst points.
2.
Cable Ampacity calculations should be carried out based on actual soil
thermal resistivity. Samples for soil thermal resistivity measurements shall be
taken at every 500m along the cable route. The location of these samples
along the route shall be subject to COMPANY review and approval. The soil
thermal resistivity shall be determined for 2% moisture on the samples and
the highest value shall be used in the calculations. In all cases, whenever the
measured values of soil thermal resistivity are less than 1.20 k.m/W, the value
of 1.20 k.m/W shall be used in the cable ampacity calculations. And whenever
the measured values of soil thermal resistivity are more than 1.20 k.m/W, then
actual (higher values) shall be used in the cable ampacity calculations. The
backfill material of lower values of soil thermal resistivity shall be used to
achieve the required Ampacity.
3.
Loading factor for the cables shall be assumed 100%.
4.
The CONTRACTOR shall confirm that each of the energized circuits shall be
capable to carry 130% of Normal current capacity of cable as a minimum
under all operating conditions, with the other circuit out of service. Cable
Ampacity shall be based on a 380kV Cable size of 1000 mm².
5.
The vicinity of all the three substations has many Power Cables of different
voltage levels, which are potential heat sources and this has to be considered
in the models for Ampacity calculations. Similarly, the proposed route may
encounter these cables, which have to be taken into account in the
calculations.
6.
The Cable design shall optimize on the depth of burial of the Cable. Cable
depths greater than 2000mm may be avoided to have better Ampacity.
7.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide enough number of actual cable layout
cross-sections along the cable route with Ampacity calculations for each case.
The cross sections shall be for expected worst conditions in terms of cable
spacing, depth, directional drilling etc. Also, the CONTRACTOR shall specify
the minimum rating of 380kV Cables applicable to any configuration of
installation such as existing cables, duct banks, directional drilling etc.
8.
The CONTRACTOR shall confirm that the bending radius of power cables will
not be less than the recommended values given by the manufacturer along
the whole route.
9.
The CONTRACTOR shall clarify all parameters/assumptions for which the
calculations are based.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
A. Calculation of Cable Ampacity
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
54
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
10.
DESCRIPTION
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
11.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Sheath Sizing Calculations
The cable metallic sheath shall be sized in accordance with ICEA P-45-482. The
size of cable metallic sheath shall be based on short circuit current of 63kA for 1
second.
1
2
3
NO.
B.
Number of joints to be kept to minimum for reliability purpose. As far as
possible, the Sheath Induced Voltage of 200V under normal operating
conditions and 10000V under fault operating conditions shall be used to
calculate the minor section cable length. The detailed calculation to be
submitted with the offer.
Computer Software used for Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage
Calculations shall be provided along with its two (2) Dongle Keys at the time
of submission of Current Rating & Sheath Induced Voltage Calculations as
mentioned above at Item # 2.g of Notes to above Table of Clause # 3.04.
THM
C.
DATE
Arrangement/Grouping of Cables in the Ground
CHK’D BY
1.
APPROVED
Cables grouped in a common cable trench or installed with insufficient
spacing from one to another, result in mutual heating. Thus, load capacity of
cables is subsequently reduced. Therefore, spacing recommended by
COMPANY Standards shall be maintained.
If the right-of-way limits the cable spacing and calculated cable Ampacity is
reduced, necessary mitigation techniques like Soil with lower Thermal
resistivity or Bentonite filling in Ducts shall be provided to achieve the required
Ampacity.
BA
2.
The cables shall not be placed in a close proximity to external heat sources to
the extent practical.
3.
The typical Cable Laying cross-section details shall be as per COMPANY
Standard Drawing No: TA-800062 and TA-800063.
CERTIFIED
D. Metallic Sheath Grounding
The grounding system of the power cable shall be designed to limit the induced
voltage on the cable sheath at safe level and to eliminate the sheath losses.
BY
For metallic sheath grounding, TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 shall be applied considering
the following:
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
1.
The cables shall be laid in Flat formation using cross-bonding scheme and
CONTRACTOR shall submit his design / detailed calculations to comply with
all requirements per Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study for COMPANY
review / approval.
2.
The power frequency sheath voltage induced under through fault conditions
(3-phase, phase to phase and single phase to ground faults) shall be
calculated by the applicable methods and formulas as recommended in
Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study for cross bonding systems.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
55
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
3.
Cable sheath voltage limiters shall be installed at location as recommended in
Electra (28) & Electra (47) CIGRE study.
4.
The sheath induced voltage shall not exceed 200 Volts, when cable is
carrying the specified full load current.
The cable sheath induced voltage under fault conditions shall not exceed
10kVrms to ground.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
5.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
6.
The induced shield voltage should be calculated at the worst case and
assuming a short circuit current of 63kA for 1 second.
7.
The CONTRACTOR shall sectionalize the total cable length in such a way to
satisfy above criteria & clarify all parameters/assumptions for which the
calculations are based.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
*** END OF SECTION IV ***
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
56
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
SECTION V - EQUIPMENT/MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
5.01 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
This section provides the technical specifications of the following major equipment/
materials:
1. 380kV Power Cable
2. 380kV Cable Terminations and Splice Kits
4. Bonding leads and Sheath insulators
1
2
3
NO.
3. Bonding Cable(1.8/3.0kV) and grounding rods for link Boxes
5. Link Boxes
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
6. Sheath Voltage Limiter
THM
7. Cable Protective Tiles
DATE
CHK’D BY
8. Cable Warning Tapes
9. Steel Wire Mesh
APPROVED
10. Warning Post
11. PVC Conduits and Fittings and HDPE sub ducts
The technical specifications of equipment/materials are provided hereunder.
BA
5.02 380kV POWER CABLES
The 380kV power cable shall conform to 380kV Cable SEC Standard 11-TMSS-02,
Rev.01 and the associated Data Schedule and the latest Industry Standards. In
addition, the 380kV cable manufacturers shall fully comply with the following
production quality requirements as per AEIC CS7,AEIC C S9 & ICEA S-108-720.
CERTIFIED
1.
XLPE Insulation
Per Section B.1 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067
2.
BY
Semi-conducting Shielding, Voids and Protrusions
Per Section C.3 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
3.
DATE :____________________
Production Sampling Test and Frequency
Per Section D and F.3 respectively of AEIC CS7 and IEC 62067
4.
Rejection Criteria for Cable Reel during the Production Sampling Tests
Per Section F.3.4 of AEIC CS7 and IEC 60287
Ratings and specific requirements of the cable are given in Data Schedule of
11-TMSS-02, Rev.01.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
57
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
CHK’
5.03 380kV CABLE TERMINATIONS AND SPLICE KITS
DESCRIPTION
The 380kV cable terminations and splice kits to be used for the 380kV Power Cable
mentioned above, shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with
the applicable requirements of COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12TMSS-10, Rev.0 and associated Data Schedule.
For the XLPE to GIS terminations, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the GIS
Manufacturer/ CONTRACTOR. The GIS Termination shall conform to 12-TMSS-10,
Rev.0.
1
2
3
NO.
1.
General Requirements
a.
For cable splicing and terminating, it is mandatory that the
CONTRACTOR
install the splices and terminations in strict
accordance with the cable manufacturer’s instructions.
b.
The types of splices may be straight through, insulated or a combination
of both depending upon the Schematic Diagram.
Splicing and
terminations shall be in accordance with COMPANY’S Standards TESP-104.04 Rev.01.
c.
All Termination and Splice Kits will be of pre-molded type, Type tested at
Independent Laboratory.
d.
Each cable termination/joint must be installed by a qualified and certified
jointer.
e.
Quality certificate (check sheet) for each single cable termination/joint
must be filled and signed by the jointer.
f.
The contractor must ensure in writing to Project Department that the
Cable Accessories stored are as per the manufacturer recommendation.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
2.
BY
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Certification of Splicing Personnel
To ensure that the 380kV cable splices and terminations are installed in a
professional and workmanship manner, all cable splicing and terminating
personnel shall obtain a certification from the COMPANY before they can
commence the WORK. At the approval of COMPANY, this certification may
include previous cable manufacturer’s training, or certification at COMPANY
splicing and terminating school. The COMPANY shall be the sole judge of
certification.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3.
Cable Tagging
All cables shall be clearly identified with durable non-corroding markers
securely fastened at each splice and at each termination point. Appropriate
information shall include the phase and source/destination addresses, feeder
number and voltage level.
5.04 GROUNDING CABLE FOR LINK BOX & GROUNDING ROD FOR LINK BOX
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
58
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
The grounding cable for link Box and grounding rods for link box shall be as per
TES-P-104.08, Rev.01.
DESCRIPTION
5.05 BONDING LEADS & SHEATH SECTIONALIZING INSULATORS
The bonding leads shall be designed, manufactured and tested in accordance with
the requirements of COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12-TMSS-11,
Rev.0 and COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.08, and Rev.01. The size
of the Sheath bonding cable shall be 500mm² (min).
The link Boxes shall be designed manufactured and tested in accordance with the
COMPANY Materials Standard Specification12-TMSS-11, Rev.0. The materials for
Link Boxes in underground pits shall be non-corrodible, non-ferrous materials.
Brass or fiberglass is acceptable while stainless steel is not acceptable. Materials
of links and connections shall be tinned copper. Link Boxes in underground pits
shall be at an acceptable place to be maintained easily. In streets, acceptable
places for link box pits are either footpath or road island.
1
2
3
NO.
5.06 LINK BOXES
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
5.07 SHEATH VOLTAGE LIMITER
A. Sheath voltage limiter (SVL) shall be provided to limit the transient over voltage on
cable sheaths. Sheath Voltage Limiter shall be provided and tested as per
COMPANY Materials Standard Specification 12-TMSS-11, Rev.0.
BA
B. The limiter shall be suitable for continuous operation with applied voltage equal to
the sheath standing voltage under either normal or emergency load. It will have
temporary over voltage capability to withstand the induced voltage on sheath under
Single line to ground fault/ short circuit conditions.
CERTIFIED
C. The ratings of the sheath voltage limiter shall be verified by the required calculations
as per TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 and shall be subjected to COMPANY review and
approval.
5.08 CABLE WARNING TAPES
The cable warning tape shall be as per TCS-P-104.03.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
5.09 WARNING POSTS
DATE :____________________
The warning posts shall conform to the COMPANY standards TD-800007,
TD800008 and TES-P-104.05 Rev.01. Marker posts for buried communication
cables shall be in accordance with COMPANY Standard Drawing SB-036365.
5.10. PVC CONDUITS & FITTINGS, AND HDPE SUB DUCTS
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
59
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
A. PVC conduits and fittings shall be provided in all underground concrete duct banks.
The PVC conduits and fittings shall be designed, manufactured and tested in
accordance with the COMPANY’S Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-01,
Rev.0.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
B. Sub ducts on hand holes and inside the building shall be corrugated, flexible and
fire retardant (2 Hours UL rating) with 25mm outside diameter. Sub duct installation
shall be in accordance with TCS-T-111.08.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
C. Sub ducts on the underground duct banks and direct buried conduits in trenches
shall be rigid with 32mm outside diameter and made from HDPE piping compound,
its inner wall shall be smooth and black in color. It shall comply with specification
DIN 8074, DIN 8075 and STC specification MAT 2301 and pulling length shall not
exceed 450 meters.
D. For direct buried cable trenches, PVC conduits shall be of class-4 type. Nylon pull
ropes ¼ inches in diameter (of different colors) shall be provided and installed in
all vacant/spare ducts and sub ducts.
CHK’D BY
E.
The duct sealing units for conduit fittings shall be in accordance with COMPANY’S
Materials Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0.
F.
Unless otherwise indicated, the size of the PVC Conduits for fiber optic cables and
380kV cables shall be 100 mm inner diameter and 150 mm inner diameter
respectively.
APPROVED
BA
5.11. INDUSTRIAL SECURITY AND FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. Fire Detection and Alarm System
CERTIFIED
1.
Fire Protective Signaling Panel (FPSP)
Fire protective signaling panel shall be in accordance with the requirements of
90-TMSS-01.
2.
BY
Automatic Fire Detectors
Automatic fire detectors shall be in accordance with the requirements of TESB-106.01 and TES-P-119.21.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
3
Manual Alarm Stations
Manual alarm stations shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-B106.01 and TES-P-119.21.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
60
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
4.
Audible and Visual Alarm Devices
Audible and visual alarm devices shall be in accordance with the requirements
of TES-B-106.01 and TES-P-119.21.
DESCRIPTION
5.
Fire Alarm Repeater Panel (FARP)
Fire alarm repeater panel shall be per 90-TMSS-01 and shall be integrated
with SAS.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Data Printer
Data printer shall be in accordance with the requirements of TES-P-119.21.
1
2
3
NO.
6.
7.
CONTRACTOR shall provide a programming kit (laptop accessories) and
other related items, along with two (2) sets of programming manuals,
programming software, alarm system download programming for
computerized/addressable fire alarm system.
8.
Fire Alarm system shall be integrated with SAS.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
B
Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System
Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System shall comply with the
requirements outlined in TES-B-106.05 or TES-B-106.06. It shall
also comply with NFPA 2001 (2012 Edition).
BA
NOTE:
Reserve clean agent cylinders shall be connected to the system
manifold and filled with the same quantity as the main cylinders.
CERTIFIED
C.
Fire Extinguishers
Fire extinguishers shall be provided in accordance with the
requirements outlined in 90-TMSS-03, TES-P-119.21 and
hereunder:
Cable Tunnels - 12 kgs. dry chemical, class ABC, cartridge
operated, UL listed.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
5.12 VENTILATION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A.Ventilation Equipment and Materials
1. Cable Tunnels Ventilation / Exhaust Fans
Centrifugal fans complying with SEC Material Standard 73TMSS-05. Ventilation for tunnels shall include exhaust and
supply air fans complete with back draft dampers, fresh air
aluminum filters, fresh air intake louvers and control devices
for each tunnel partition. The supply air fans shall be filtered
& louvered on all sides.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
61
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
B.Execution and Installation
2. General
DESCRIPTION
a. Install the system and equipment in accordance with
TCS-K-100,TES-P-119.19
and
manufacturer’s
instructions.
b. Provide access around equipment for service not less
than the manufacturer’s minimum requirement and/or
TCS-K-100.01.
Plumbing system shall be in accordance with SEC Standard TES-P119.19 requirements, except for other items as specified below:
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
PLUMBING SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
1
2
3
NO.
5.13
A.Plumbing Piping
Piping shall conform to the requirements of SEC Standard 75TMSS-01.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
B. Plumbing Equipment
Sump Pump
APPROVED
The pump shall conform to the requirements of a dewatering
pump on SEC Standard 83-TMSS-01. Discharge rate and
discharge pipe diameter shall be 4 liters per second
(63.41gpm) and 50 mm respectively. The pump motor shall
operate on a 230V, 60 Hz, single phase power supply with
3450 rpm rotational speed.
BA
The pump shall be provided with control panel (auto/manual
operation) complete with level switch and other pump motor
protection. The control panel shall be mounted on the wall
near the pump not less than 1.0 meter high from the finished
floor level.
CERTIFIED
*** END OF SECTION V ***
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
62
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
SECTION VI - INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES
6.01 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
A. The subsequent sections will present the requirements and practices, which shall
be the basis for the installation of 380kV underground cables and Fiber Optic cables
for the system of SEC.
1
2
3
NO.
B. The installation practices that will be presented are consistent with the current
industry standards with special consideration being given to the working
environment found in Saudi Arabia.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
C. The CONTRACTOR must strictly adhere to the requirements of COMPANY
Engineering Standard TES-P-104.and TES-T-111, Construction Standard TCS-P104 and TCS-T-111 as applicable, attached Conceptual Design Drawings, and the
Practices and Procedures mentioned in the subsequent sections.
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
6.02 REEL STORAGE
A. 380kV XLPE cables shall be provided in steel cable reels; wooden cable reels are
not accepted. The Fiber Optic generally has wood cable reels with wooden lagging.
Proper storage and handling should commence from its arrival to the storage area
until its installation.
B. Precautions must be taken to safeguard cable reels from any external mechanical
operating equipment or access to unauthorized persons.
C. Care on reel deterioration should be taken if cables are to be stored for extended
period. Wooden reels shall be stored on concrete base or on raised wooden
stringers placed under the reel flanges.
CERTIFIED
D. Cable reels shall be stored in an upright position only. Laying cable reels on their
flat sides are not allowed.
E. Refer to COMPANY’S TCS-P-104.02 for specific requirements of reel storage SITE.
6.03
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
REEL HANDLING
A. The handling of cable reels upon receipt, storage and transport to the WORK SITE,
shall be properly performed that will ensure no damage to the cables or reels.
B. Prior to moving or loading the cable reels, thorough knowledge and selection of
equipment capabilities and proper tools for handling are essential.
C. To prevent reel drum damage when lifting with a crane, a steel shaft of proper
strength, length and diameter are required in the cable reel drum spindle and a
spreader bar shall be used with a lifting wire rope sling or chain.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
63
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
D. When transporting cable reels on flat cars or cable trolleys, the cable reels must be
properly choked and chained down. The cable reels are to be secured in the
transporter through two (2) chains in the reel spindle hole.
DESCRIPTION
E. Other specific requirements as mentioned in the COMPANY’S TCS-P-104.02 shall
be strictly followed in material handling.
6.04 POWER CABLE INSTALLATION
The CONTRACTOR shall submit pulling procedure/calculations, in the base design
phase, giving anticipated pulling tensions and sidewall pressure calculations for
380kV power cable. The calculations should take into consideration pulling from
whichever direction that minimize the pulling tensions and sidewall pressures.
COMPANY Standards TES-P-104.05, Rev.01, shall be followed for pulling tensions
calculations while the techniques and procedures for the installation shall be in
accordance with TCS-P-104.06, Rev.0.
1
2
3
NO.
A. Cable Pulling Tension and Sidewall Pressure Calculations
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
B. Preparation of Trenches
APPROVED
1.
The trench bottom and walls shall be carefully inspected; all rocks and other
rough materials shall be removed. The Trench shall be prepared as per TCSP-104-03.
2.
The trench depth shall be increased in areas where underground utilities
cross perpendicularly and are located near the trench bottom, so that the
cables when laid shall pass underneath the utility with at least 1000 mm
clearance. The transition of the cable under the utility shall be carried out
gradually. A split conduit shall be provided on the cable, which shall cross the
utilities and will overlap utilities by 1000 mm both sides on crossing.
3.
Where trenching is taking place in existing roads, shoring is required. Steel
plates shall be provided. Shoring shall extend from the trench bottom to a
point above grade level. The shoring shall be adequately braced so that it
remains rigidly in place.
4.
A 150mm layer of fine, granular, uncontaminated bedding of sand shall be
evenly distributed in the trench. This sand shall exhibit a maximum thermal
soil resistivity of 1.2 K.m/W. It shall be the CONTRACTOR’S responsibility to
test the soil thermal resistivity and verify, to the satisfaction of COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE, that the required value has been met. Method of soil
treatment proposed by the CONTRACTOR to achieve the above said value
shall be submitted to COMPANY for review and approval.
5.
Cable rollers shall be placed in the trench at a maximum of 3m apart and
carefully aligned so that the cable during pulling rests in the center of the
roller. The rollers shall be carefully maintained and lubricated to ensure that
roller friction is minimized. Defective and/or binding rollers shall not be used.
6.
Whenever angles and/or bends in the route are encountered, care shall be
taken to ensure that the rollers are properly positioned so that the allowable
bending radius of the cable is not exceeded. The rollers shall be adequately
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
64
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
7.
braced against tensions and side pressure that will be encountered during the
cable pull. The transition through the angle and/or bend shall be uniformed to
conform to the arc of a circle. Radii at the angles shall be as large as practical
to minimize pulling tensions and sidewall pressures. The arc radii shall match
those used in tension and sidewall pressure calculations.
Special measure shall be taken to avoid the de-rating of cable at the point of
entrance in the substation by avoiding the following:
a. The cables should not be laid deeper than the normal depth.
b. The cables should not be close / congested together to form a neck.
1
2
3
NO.
C. Running Out of Cables
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
1.
Before running out of cables, the capped ends shall be examined by the cable
manufacturer’s engineer for water tightness. The factory installed pulling eye
shall be inspected for correct installation.
2.
The cable drum can be positioned directly on the flat-bed trailer as long as
obstacles in the trench do not prohibit such an action. The cable drum must
be equipped with a braking mechanism and aligned at the proper position for
cable pulling.
3.
A pulling eye hook affixed to the cable pulling eye shall be connected to the
wire rope through a properly sized swivel and shackle.
4.
After the facilities and the equipment are properly set, portable telephone shall
be located on the drum side, leading end of the cable and the winch side.
They are utilized to control pulling speed and other communications.
5.
Cable pulling shall be started gradually. A watchman, who walks along the
cable as it is being pulled, shall observe the leading end of the cable. The
rotating speed of the drum shall correspond to the pulling speed. If
necessary, the drum rotating speed shall be controlled with a simple wooden
brake. The pulling speed must be kept stable.
6.
Watchmen are to be maintained at each duct entrance / exit along the
route so that when the cable leading end arrives, it can be directed into
the duct without dragging the duct walls.
7.
The cable shall be pulled continuously from the upper side of the drum in the
direction indicated on the cable drum.
8.
The COMPANY shall inspect and approve any pulling eye, which is installed
in the field.
9.
During the cable pull, the tension reading from the tension meter shall be
recorded at several intervals. A special tabulation sheet for this record shall
be provided by the CONTRACTOR. The tension values at each record
interval shall be witnessed by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. The
CONTRACTOR and the cable manufacturer will affix their signatures to the
record sheet at the termination of the cable pull. A copy of the recorded sheet
will be submitted to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE on the same day.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
65
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
1
3
2
CHK’
11.
NO.
10.
DESCRIPTION
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
12.
Plastic ducts shall be placed around the cables for protection at points where
the cables cross in close proximity to other underground utilities & duct banks.
13.
The sheath of power cables must be connected to the Substation grounding
system at both ends. All jointing and terminating materials shall be provided
by the CONTRACTOR.
14.
After the cables have been laid in the trench, all duct openings along the
proposed route, at the new Substation and source substation entry points, and
new manholes shall be sealed off against ingress of moisture, sand and
insects by use of COMPANY Standard duct sealing units in accordance with
23-TMSS-02, Rev.0.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
Near joints, cable ducts, cable bending and at all other points where cables
are brought above ground and into buildings, at least 150 mm of cable slack
per cable shall be left on each side to allow for ground settlement and for
future repairs. As a rule, the cable shall be laid slack in the trenches. At
splicing points, cables shall overlap to guarantee proper mounting of the joint.
After laying, the cable shall be aligned in flat formation and care shall be taken
to ensure that the required spacing is maintained between power cable
circuits in a common trench.
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
D. Cable Splicing and Terminations
1.
BA
CERTIFIED
2.
BY
________ ______
DATE :____________________
JOB ORDER NO.
a.
For cable splicing and terminating, it is mandatory that the
CONTRACTOR
install the splices and terminations in strict
accordance with the cable manufacturer’s instructions.
b.
The types of splices may be straight through, isolating, or a combination
of both. Depending upon the particular circuit design, these splices can
be ungrounded, grounded or cross grounded. Splicing and terminations
shall be in accordance with COMPANY’S Standards TES-P-104.04
Rev.01.
Certification of Splicing Personnel
To ensure that the 380kV cable splices and terminations are installed in a
professional and workmanship manner, all cable splicing and terminating
personnel shall obtain a certification from the COMPANY before they can
commence the WORK. At the approval of COMPANY, this certification may
include previous cable manufacturer’s training, or certification at COMPANY
splicing and terminating school. The COMPANY shall be the sole judge of
certification.
: M. AL-SAFFAR
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
General Requirements
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
66
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
3.
Cable Tagging
DESCRIPTION
All cables shall be clearly identified with durable non-corroding markers
securely fastened at each splice and at each termination point. Appropriate
information shall include the phase and source/destination addresses, feeder
number and voltage level.
E.
Link Box Pits
The pits shall be sealed to prevent ingress of water. The Contractor proposal to
prevent ingress of water shall be clearly indicated in the designs submitted. Any
sealing method proposed should take account of the Company's requirement to
open the pit for maintenance testing purposes and also the life of the seal
proposed.
1
2
3
NO.
Concrete pits of suitable dimensions to take the link boxes and their associated
bonding and earthing connections shall be installed close to the cable box joint.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
The position and design of link box pits and covers shall be to the approval of
SEC.
APPROVED
F.
BA
Installation of Link Boxes
1.
All electrical connections outside each link Box shall be cad-welded and
properly insulated to preclude corrosion.
2.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide the detailed grounding arrangement at each
link Box location. The location of grounding rods shall be such that the top
connections are accessible for testing and inspection at inspection pit.
Resistance of the ground rods shall not be more than 2 Ohm. Other grounding
requirements as per COMPANY Standard TES-P-104.08, Rev.01 shall be
followed.
3.
All bonding leads from buried 380kV cable joint up to the link Box should be
through a low surge impedance coaxial cable, 10kV rating PVC insulated
single conductor cable and capable of carrying the system short circuit
currents (refer to section 5.04).
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
6.05 380kV CABLE ENTRY INTO SUBSTATION AND CONNECTION INTO GIS
________ ______
DATE :____________________
A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide properly secured cable clamps from the cable
entry ducts in the cellar wall to the sealing end bay positions. The clamps shall be
installed every 700mm along the cable route in the cable entry room. The installed
clamps shall have sufficient mechanical strength to withstand torques in the cables
due to faults, surges. The COMPANY shall approve the clamps prior to installation.
All metallic cable supports and accessories (i.e., clamps, sealing) shall be
connected (grounded) to the Substation ground grid.
B.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide the necessary fireproofing of the cable inside
Substations cable entry room/basement at new substation in accordance with
COMPANY Engineering Standard TES-P-104.05 Rev.01.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
67
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
C. The 380kV cable circuits shall be tagged immediately on entering the cable cellar
with the name of route, length of the route, size of the conductor, voltage level and
type of insulation.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
D. The CONTRACTOR shall undergo a joint inspection with COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE to select the most suitable cable entry points and the best
cable route inside substation basements/cable entry room. Upon completion of the
inspection, the CONTRACTOR shall submit a scaled drawing incorporating all the
details for COMPANY approval.
E.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide adequate cable loops not less than five (5)
meters in the basement/cable entry room for any future termination work.
F.
The CONTRACTOR shall make sure that the cable clamping arrangements on steel
supports do not produce circulating current/heat in the steel supports.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
6.06 OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
DATE
CHK’D BY
A. Responsibility During Installation
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all materials and component parts
during installation.
APPROVED
Failure of any cable and/or component during installation or testing shall cause the
faulty cable and/or component to be unacceptable until all test results are reviewed
and corrective action taken. To minimize failures at final testing, the CONTRACTOR
should physically check and test the cable in segments during installation preferably
before backfilling the cable trench.
BA
CERTIFIED
*** END OF SECTION VI ***
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
68
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
SECTION VII – COMMISSIONING TESTS
7.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
DESCRIPTION
A. Testing of high voltage cable system shall be carried out to ensure that the
necessary design and operation specifications are achieved prior to placing the
cable system into service.
1
2
3
NO.
B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to carry out all tests in a safe manner and
with a predetermined safe working procedure submitted to COMPANY.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
C. The mechanical check and visual inspection as required in COMPANY’S Standard
TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01 shall be carried out prior to any electrical test.
D. In addition to the tests required in this standard, all tests required by the cable
manufacturer shall be performed. In the event of a conflict between the testing
requirements of this standard and those of the cable manufacturer, the COMPANY
shall be the sole judge as to which tests shall take precedence.
E.
All instruments/equipments that belong to CONTRACTOR must have valid
calibration certificate and it shall be available at SITE for COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE’s inspection.
7.02 ELECTRICAL TESTS FOR NEW 380kV XLPE CABLES
After completing cable installation, the following tests/ measurements shall be
conducted on the new power cables (laid from the source Substation to the new
Substation). These tests/measurements shall be conducted in the presence of
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE who will sign the recording document upon
completion of the tests/measurements. All testing and measuring instruments and
equipment shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR.
BA
CERTIFIED
A. Cable Jacket Test
A sheath test shall be performed on the cable jacket after placement and
compaction of the permanent trench backfill. After applying 100 to 150mm of
backfill material cover over the cables, a 10kV DC potential shall be applied for 1
minute between the metallic shield and the earth electrode. No electrical breakdown
shall occur.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
Prior to 10kV DC jacket test, it is necessary to carry out shield insulation resistance
test. This shall be measured by 5000V Mega-Ohm Meter. Each sheath section has
to be tested. If the insulation reading is found abnormally low, further physical
inspection on sheath connections and the accessories is required and is to repaired
after fault location.
DATE :____________________
Upon successful completion of sheath insulation test, 10kV DC test for one minute
shall be performed on each cable section between link boxes. Maximum allowable
leakage current shall be as per TCS-P-104.08.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
69
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
B. Conductor Continuity and Phasing Tests
C. Metallic Shield Continuity Test
DESCRIPTION
D. Cable Insulation Test before and after HV AC Test by Mega Ohm Meter
E. Cable Profile Radar Test
1
2
3
NO.
F.
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
High Voltage AC Test
G. At Link Boxes following tests are to be carried out.
1: Grounding Resistance Measurement.
2: SVL Insulation Resistance Test.
3: Cross Bonding Verification Test.
4: Contact Resistance Measurement.
5: Insulation Resistance Test.
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
H. Cable Impedance Measurement
I.
Partial Discharge Measurements Test at all joints and sealing ends
J.
Conductor Resistance and Shield Resistance Test
Using a sensitive measuring instrument, conductor DC resistance and shield DC
resistance shall be measured. Accuracy required up to three (3) decimals. For
comparison with theoretical figure, the obtained readings shall be corrected to 20oC.
BA
K. All above tests shall be as detailed in the COMPANY Construction Standard TCSP-104.08 and TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01.
CERTIFIED
L.
U/G Portion (calculated Impedances & measured Impedances)
Positive sequence impedance and zero sequence impedance
The CONTRACTOR shall provide cable data (i.e., size, type, configuration, length,
Method of grounding, etc ;) along with the Impedances (calculated and measured
values) for COMPANY review and approval during construction stage of the
PROJECT.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
Also, the CONTRACTOR shall provide cable data and impedances to the
SUBSTATION CONTRACTOR for protection setting/ coordination purpose during
construction stage of the PROJECT.
________ ______
DATE :____________________
7.03 ELECTRICAL TESTING OF LINK BOX
The link Box shall be tested prior to installation by test voltage as specified in of 12TMSS-11(Rev.0). After installation, the link Box shall be tested in accordance to
TCS-P-105.00 Rev.01. The ground resistance shall be measured at all link Box
positions.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
70
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
7.04 Field Tests on 380kV cables:
DESCRIPTION
Field testing of the whole cable system shall be in accordance to applicable SEC
Engineering Standard and IEC 60627.
Following sequence of testing work procedure shall be adopted:
The CONTRACTOR shall complete all mechanical works, pre-electrical Tests
and pre-final documentation consisting of marked-up construction drawings, preCommissioning Test results system and equipment manuals before inviting
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for commissioning tests and inspection.
1
2
3
NO.
1. Preparation of Site Commissioning Test and Inspection
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
2. Scheduling Commissioning Tests and Inspection
THM
All Testing and Commissioning activities shall be coordinated with and witnessed
by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
DATE
CHK’D BY
CONTRACTOR’S invitation to the COMPANY to witness the Commissioning
Tests and Inspection shall be made fourteen (14) days in advance accompanied
by:
- Marked-up Construction Drawings
- Pre-Commissioning Test Results
- System / Equipment Manuals
APPROVED
3. Test and Inspection Checklist
BA
The CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY, 380kV Power Cable
Checklist of Acceptance Tests and Inspection covering documentation,
mechanical inventory and tests requirements for PROJECT acceptance. (380kV
Cable Acceptance Test and Inspection Checklist shall be used)
CERTIFIED
4. Correction of Discrepancies
A re-inspection and re-test, to be witnessed by the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE is required to clear the CONTRACTOR of any outstanding
discrepancy found during commissioning test and inspection. A re-test and reinspection of related parameters shall also be conducted to ensure that these are
not affected by the aforementioned discrepancies.
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
5. Acceptance Test and Inspection related Activities
________ ______
The stages of acceptance test and inspection shall be performed:
DATE :____________________
a.
b.
c.
d.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
Scheduling of test and inspection by the CONTRACTOR, the date to be
agreed upon by both COMPANY and CONTRACTOR, and submission
by the CONTRACTOR and approval by the COMPANY of documents
mentioned above.
Validation of Marked-up Construction Drawings (done throughout the
test and inspection process).
Inventory and Mechanical Inspection of installed equipment.
Verification of validity of test equipment to be used in the tests.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
71
OF
72
REV.
0
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
e.
DESCRIPTION
f.
g.
*** END
1
2
3
NO.
h.
Performance and/or functional tests after are done and all service
affecting discrepancies corrected. Unavailability of documents essential
for safe energization, operation and troubleshooting of the installed
equipment are considered Service Affecting Discrepancies.
Signing of TCC (Technical Completion Certificate) after all stated stages
are completed and accepted.
Trial period of one month after clearing all outstanding discrepancies and
acceptance of the final test results.
Signing of PAC (Performance Acceptance Certificate) after successful
completion of the trial period.
OF SECTION VII & SOW/TS ***
REVISIONS
DRAWN BY
THM
DATE
CHK’D BY
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. AL-SAFFAR
________ ______
DATE :____________________
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
PTS-12CC348, 02/12/2012
SCOPE OF WORK/TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380kV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032)
380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C 640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
PTS
12CC348
PAGE NO
72
OF
72
REV.
0
APPENDICES
APPENDIX- I
LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL DESIGN AND
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
APPENDIX- II
MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES
APPENDIX- III
TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS FORMS
APPENDIX- IV
BID STANDARD FORMAT
APPENDIX- V
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS
APPENDIX- VI
COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS
APPENDIX- VII
PROTECTION SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS (BY oTHER cONTRACTOR)
APPENDIX-VIII
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
APPENDIX- IX
N/A
APPENDIX- X
N/A
APPENDIX- XII
N/A
APPENDIX-XIII
SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
(to be provided by Contractor)
APPENDIX- XVI
GEOTECHNICAL AND CONCRETE INVESTIGATION AND
MATERIAL TESTING
(APPLICABLE IF REQUIRED)
EXHIBIT- 1
COMPANY FORM NO.16511 (2/10)
APPENDIX - I
LIST OF ATTACHED
CONCEPTUAL AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS
APPENDIX I
LIST OF ATTACHED CONCEPTUAL AND REFERENCE DRAWINGS
Page 1 of 1
A. Conceptual Drawings
The conceptual drawings prepared for this project are listed in the
Drawing control sheet CT‐ 906044 given in the following page and are
included as attachment to this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications:
‫الشركة السعودية للكھرباء‬
Saudi Electricity Company
DRAWING CONTROL SHEET
SEC
PROJECT MANAGER / ENGINEER
PROJECT TITLE
CONTRACT NO.
Constructionof 380KV Cable Line fromGT art Qassim
PowerPLant To GIS at Qassim-4(9032)380KV Substation
DRAFTING OFFICE
-
SAUDI ARABIA
RIYADH
DRAWING NO.
JOB ORDER NO.
INITIAL
REV. NO.
SHEET NO.
FURTHER REV.
DRAWING TITLE
NO.
REMARKS
DATE
INDEX - A
PTS-12CC348
CT-906044
1
1
TO
OF
72
1
DRAWING CONTROL SHEET
CT-906045
CT-906046
1
1
OF
TO
1
2
CABLE ROUTE DRAWING
SLD OF QASSIM-4 (9032) BSP
INDEX - P
AS BUILT
BY
-
PROJECT COMPLETION DATE
PLANT NO.
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
-
C-640
X
CT-906044
SHEET NO.
01
OF
REV. NO.
01
01
THIS DRAWING AND THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY OF SAUDI ELECTRICITY CO. NO REPRODUCTION IN FULL OR IN PART SHALL BE OBTAINED FROM THIS DOCUMENT WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENT OF ITS OWNER.
P
NOTES
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX
C-640
PLANT NO.
CT-906045
DRAWING NUMBER
01 of 01
SHEET NO.
1.THIS DRAWING SHOWS A TENTATIVE CABLE ROUTE
POWER PLANT PROJECT OFFICE.
2.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE ROUTE & INFORM SEC
APPROXIMATE ROUTE LENGHT
ABOUT ANY OBSTACLE (UTILITIES) ON THE ROUTE &
MODIFY THE ROUTE ACCORDINGLY.
N
1.STEAM TURBINE #1 TO S/S 9032= 600M
CONSENT OF I
TS OW NER.
BASED ON INFORMATION COLLECTED FROM SEC QASSIM
3.ACTUAL LENGTH OF THE ROUTE WILL BE AS PER
ROUTE PROPOSED BY CONTRACTOR AND APPROVED BY
2.STEAM TURBINE #2 TO S/S 9032= 330M
SEC.
THI
S DOCUMENT W I
THOUT THE W RI
TTEN
3.STEAM TURBINE #3 TO S/S 9032= 1000M
3
NE#
STEAM TURBI
PART SHALL BE OBTAI
NED FROM
LEGEND
STEPUPTRANSFORMER
FULL OR I
N
2.5M X 2.5M TUNNEL
REPRODUCTI
ON I
N
NO
8.
01
ASPHALT ROAD
45.
23
TROAD
ASPHAL
TROAD
ASPHAL
TROAD
ASPHAL
SPACEFORFUTURE
E
NEDCYCL
COMBI
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING CONTROL NUMBER
CT-906044
SCOPE_OF_WORK_&_TECHNICAL_SPECIFICATIONS
PTS. 12CC348
I
I
I
QCPP-
CYCLONE FENCE
HEREI
N
ROAD CURVE
TS
NEUNI
NG GASTURBI
STI
EXI
7
&2
6
2
,
5
2
,
4
2
NOS.
TS
NEUNI
NG GASTURBI
STI
EXI
3
&2
2
2
,
1
2
,
0
2
NOS.
7.83
EDROAD
PROPOS
CYCLONE FENCE
ANK
SPARE DUCTB
4)CKTS.
FOR FOUR (
E
MANHOL
BANK
V DUCT
k
2
3
1
REV.
NO.
DATE
BY
CHKD.
DESCRIPTION
CERT.
APPD.
E
MANHOL
4
0
GT#
CLS
E
MANHOL
L
WAL
RE
I
F
)
P.
Y
T
(
V
k
0
8
DE 3
M WI
5
L
UNNE
E T
CABL
E
MANHOL
E
MANHOL
ANK
SPARE DUCTB
4)CKTS.
FOR FOUR (
=D13
=D12
PACU
60
0.
PACU
RMU
PLATFORM
RMU
TO FUTURE
ON
BUTI
STRI
DI
M.
H
THI
S DRAW I
NG
R EW A LL
FI
BLE TUNNEL
DE 380kV CA
5M WI
REWALL
FI
R EW A LL
FI
BLE TUNNEL
DE 380kV CA
5M WI
BLE TUNNEL
DE 380kV CA
5M WI
061
6.
G ANTRY 882
4A
SBLDG.
VGI
132k
ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY
SPACEFORFUTURE
E
NEDCYCL
COMBI
DRAWING TITLE
OF
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
1
NE#
STEAM TURBI
AND THE I
NFORMATI
ON CONTAI
NED
ASPHALT ROAD
2
NE#
STEAM TURBI
GA
T
E
ENT
RANCE
S
VGI
k
0
8
3
TOILET
3500)
5550x
(
E CHUTE
CABL
V SWGR ROOM
8k
3.
1
0800)
1
4350x
(
ON
RE PROTECTI
FI
PMENT ROOM
EQUI
0800)
1
5550x
(
STORE
0800)
1
5550x
(
OFFICE
00)
71
5500x
(
CYCLONE FENCE
DOR
CORRI
ON ROOM
CATI
COMMUNI
8700)
0925x
1
(
2
3
0
S9
S/
DRAWN BY
E
T
A
G
E
T
A
G
E
S
U
O
H
LET
TOI
RCI
BA
CHECKED BY
NTS
SCALE:
NG
AR PARKI
SPACE FOR C
OM
CONFERANCE RO
8700)
500x
1
1
(
UP
PACU
.
CONTROL BLDG
PLAN
GROUND FLOOR
PACU
H
P
S
A
DATE STARTED
DATE COMPLETED
EHV-E&DD
A
S
P
H
OPR’G. DEPT.
A
LT
E&DD/ESD
ENG. DEPT.
R
O
A
D
D
D
A
A
O
O
R
TR
T
L
L
A
A
H
H
P
P
S
S
A
A
R
O
D
A
AL
PROPOSE EXTERN
ECOM
AR TEL
MODUL
TER
SHEL
TROAD
ASPHAL
LT
A
RE PUMP
FI
HOUSE
NK
SPARE DUCTBA
4)CKTS.
FOR FOUR (
BATTERY ROOM
8700)
25x
21
1
(
RELAY
TEST ROOM
8700)
5600x
(
E
T
E
GA
T
A
G
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR
AD
AD
RO
T
RO
L
A
T
L
H
PA
H
S
P
A
AS
CERTIFIED
ASPHAL
TROAD
CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING
ASPHAL
TROAD
MATERIAL UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
ASPHAL
TROAD
00
BY
BA
DATE
03-12-2012
CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM
GT AT QASSIM PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4
(9032) 380KV SUB-STATION
SAUDI ARABIA
QASSIM
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX
P
PLANT NO.
C-640
DRAWING NUMBER
CT-906045
SHEET NO.
01 of 01
REV. NO.
00
REV. NO.
P
NOTES
THI
S DOCUMENT W I
THOUT THE W RI
TTEN
CONSENT OF I
TS OW NER.
JOB ORDER NO.
NOTES
C-5
C-3
C-1
SF6/OIL BUSHING TERMATION
SCOPE OF WORK AS PER PTS-12CC348
NO
REPRODUCTI
ON I
N
FULL OR I
N
PART SHALL BE OBTAI
NED
FROM
C-7
>>
>> 13.8kV CIRCUIT BREAKER
CABLE TERMINATION
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING CONTROL SHEET
906044
SCOPE OF WORK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PTS. 12CC348
2
380kV,1CX1000sq.mm.
G20
G21
G22
G23
REV.
NO.
DATE
BY
CHKD.
DESCRIPTION
CERT.
APPD.
THI
S DRAW I
NG
ST-1
AND THE I
NFORMATI
ON CONTAI
NED
HEREI
N
XLPE CABLE PER PHASE
OF
DRAWING NO.
ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY
DRAWING TITLE
DRAWN BY
RCI
THM
CHECKED BY
DATE STARTED
SCALE:
NONE
DATE COMPLETED
EHV-E&DD
E&DD/ESD
OPR’G. DEPT.
ENG. DEPT.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR
CERTIFIED
CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING
MATERIAL UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
BY
BA
DATE
11-12-2012
MAIN ONE LINE DIAGRAM
380kV
NEW QASSIM-4 (9032) 380/132kV SUBSTATION
SAUDI ARABIA
QASSIM
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX
P
PLANT NO.
C640
DRAWING NUMBER
CT-906046
SHEET NO.
01 of 02
REV. NO.
00
INDEX
C640
PLANT NO.
CT-906046
DRAWING NUMBER
01 of 02
SHEET NO.
00
REV. NO.
P
NOTES
JOB ORDER NO.
PREPARE DETAILED DRAWINGS FOR ENGINEERING AND
CONSTRUCTION.
2.THE RATING OF 13.8kV SIDE SURGE ARRESTER FOR TRANSFORMER
SHALL BE DECIDED BASED ON THE TRANSFERED OVER VOLTAGE
STUDY.
3.380kV SA SHOWN ARE ADDITIONAL SA SHALL BE PROVIDED BASED
ON EMTDC/INSULATION COORDINATION STUDY AS REQUIRED.
NOTES
C-6
C-8
NO
REPRODUCTI
ON I
N FULL OR I
N PART SHALL BE OBTAI
NED FROM
C-4
SF6/OIL BUSHING TERMATION
SCOPE OF WORK AS PER PTS-12CC348
CABLE TERMINATION
REFERENCE DRAWINGS
DRAWING NO.
DRAWING CONTROL SHEET
906044
SCOPE OF WORK TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
PTS. 12CC348
SPARE FOR FUTURE
GENERATION
2
ST-2
2
380kV,1CX1000sq.mm.
380kV,1CX1000sq.mm.
XLPE CABLE PER PHASE
XLPE CABLE PER PHASE
ST-3
REV.
NO.
DATE
BY
CHKD.
DESCRIPTION
CERT.
APPD.
OF
DRAWING TITLE
AND THE I
NFORMATI
ON CONTAI
NED HEREI
N ARE THE SOLE PROPERTY
C-2
THI
S DOCUMENT W I
THOUT THE W RI
TTEN CONSENT OF I
TS OW NER.
1.THIS IS A CONCEPTUAL DRAWING. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL
THI
S DRAW I
NG
INDEX
C640
PLANT NO.
CT-906046
DRAWING NUMBER
02 of 02
SHEET NO.
00
DRAWN BY
RCI
THM
CHECKED BY
DATE STARTED
SCALE:
NONE
DATE COMPLETED
EHV-E&DD
E&DD/ESD
OPR’G. DEPT.
ENG. DEPT.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT TO BE USED FOR
CERTIFIED
CONSTRUCTION OR FOR ORDERING
MATERIAL UNTIL CERTIFIED AND DATED
BY
BA
DATE
11-12-2012
MAIN ONE LINE DIAGRAM
380kV
NEW QASSIM-4 (9032) 380/132kV SUBSTATION
SAUDI ARABIA
QASSIM
JOB ORDER NO.
INDEX
P
PLANT NO.
C640
DRAWING NUMBER
CT-906046
SHEET NO.
02 of 02
REV. NO.
00
REV. NO.
APPENDIX- II
MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES
(SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS)
APPENDIX II
(MATERIAL DATA SCHEDULES /SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT
The following COMPANY Material Standard Specifications Data Schedules are
attached. The CONTRACTOR shall fill out the Data Schedule indicating the
technical particulars of the equipment offered by him. In no case, the data specified
by the COMPANY in the Data Schedule shall be erased or altered by the
CONTRACTOR while he fills out his data.
1.
10-TMSS-05
(Rev.01)
Bare, Copper-Clad Steel Grounding Conductor and
Ground Rod
2.
11-TMSS-02
(Rev. 01)
11-TMSS-03
(Rev. 0)
11-TMSS-10
(Rev. 01)
Power Cable, XLPE Insulated, Copper Conductor, Single
Core, 110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV Rating
Power Cable, LPOF, Copper Conductor, Single Core,
110kV, 115kV, 132kV, 230kV or 380kV Rating
Power
and/or
Control
Cable,
Cu
or
Al
Conductor,600/1000V Rating
5.
12-TMSS-10
(Rev.0)
Splice & Termination Kits for Power Cables 69kV, 110kV
115kV, 132kV, 230kV and 380kV
6.
12-TMSS-11
(Rev.0)
Link Boxes for Power Cables
7.
23-TMSS-01
(Rev.0)
PVC Conduits & Fittings for Underground Cables
8.
23-TMSS-02
(Rev. 0)
23-TMSS-04
(Rev. 0)
24-TMSS-01
(Rev.01)
Duct Sealing Units
3.
4.
9.
10.
11. 70-TMSS-03
Cable Clamps for Power Cables
Metallic Cable Tray Systems
Normal Weight Ready-Mixed Portland Cement Concrete
(Rev.01)
Page1
12CC348
2500
12CC313
12CC348
12CC313
12CC348
12CC313
12CC348
12CC313
12CC348
12CC313
12CC348
12CC348
12CC348
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r %
24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
6.0 DATA SCHEDULE
METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS
SEC Enquiry No.
Date:
SEC Purchase Order
No. or Contract No.
Date:
SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No.
REFERENCE
SECTION NO.
3.0
12CC348
DESCRIPTION
'C'
'A'
APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS
Applicable industry standard
4.0
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
4.2
Design Criteria
Designation
Span load class
Span length (mm)
*
*
*
Working load capacity (kg/m)
4.3
Safety factor
1.5
Maximum deflection (mm)
12
Materials
Type of material (Al / Steel)
Type of surface protection
If aluminum alloy,
If carbon steel,
SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER.
BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS.
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'.
(*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDED/PROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'.
24TMSSO1R01/NAQ
Date of Approval: June 19, 2012
PAGE NO. 12 OF 14
24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r °
ti
6.0 DATA SCHEDULE
METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS
REFERENCE
SECTION NO.
4.4
DESCRIPTION
'A'
'B'
'C'
Fabrication
Type of Cable Tray (Ladder, Trough, Solid
Bottom, Channel)
Width/depth of cable tray, as applicable
(mm/mm)
Ladder
Trough
(mm/mm)
Solid Bottom (mm/mm)
(mm/mm)
Channel
Rung spacing for ladder type tray (mm)
Free base area of cable ladder (%)
Free base area classification of cable ladder
Perforation in the base area for trough type
tray (%)
Perforation base area classifcation
Minmum temperature classification (°C)
Maximum temperature classification (°C)
Impact resistance up to (J)
Minimum thickness of material (mm)
2
Moment of Ineria (mm4)
Section modulus for two side rails (mm3)
Are Cable Barriers Required?
Yes / No
Finish touch up
24TMSSO1R01/NAQ
Date of Approval: June 19, 2012
PAGE NO. 13 OF 14
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION
*
24-TMSS-01, Rev. 01
6.0 DATA SCHEDULE
METALLIC CABLE TRAY SYSTEMS
ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY
SEC:
ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES
BIDDERNENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:
PROPOSED BY
C. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/
CONTRACTOR:
Actual Manufacturer
of Equipment/Material
Vendor/Supplier/
Contractor
Name of the Company
Location and address
Name and Signature of
authorized
epresentative
and date
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company &
Date
24TMSSO1R01/NAO
Date of Approval: June 19, 2012
PAGE NO, 14 OF 14
12CC348
MODERATE
TYPE- II
350
*
*
28
0.40
75
*
r
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION \ 1/44.
70-TMSS-03, Rev. 01
12.0 DATA SCHEDULE
NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
SEC Enquiry No.
Date:
SEC Purchase Order No.
or Contract No.
Date:
SEC PTS No./Project Title with J.O. No.
REFERENCE
SECTION NO.
12CC348
DESCRIPTION
'A'
'B'
'C'
DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
i) Coarse Aggregates
*
Type
Mass (kg/m3)
Nominal Size (mm)
*
*
.1) Admixture:
Type
Brand
Dosage (Um')
10.0 TESTS
10.2.2 Frequency of Sampling for
Compressive Strength/m3
SEC 10.2.2
10.2.4 Rapid Chloride Permeability Test
(ASTM C1202)
Frequency of Permeability Test/m3
Chloride Permeability Test (ASTM C1543)
Yes/No
Yes/No
SEC SPECIFIED DATA/PARAMETER
BIDDER/SUPPLIER/VENDOR/CONTRACTOR PROPOSED DATA/PARAMETERS
'C'- REMARKS SUPPORTING THE PROPOSED DEVIATION IN COLUMN 'B'
(*)- DATA/PARAMETER TO BE PROVIDED/PROPOSED BY THE BIDDER/SUPPLIER/
VENDOR/CONTRACTOR IN COLUMN 'B'
70TMSSO3R01/SZA
Date of Approval: January 31, 2012
PAGE NO. 37 OF 38
TRANSMISSION MATERIALS STANDARD SPECIFICATION r
70-TMSS-03, Rev. 01
12.0 DATA SCHEDULE
NORMAL WEIGHT READY-MIXED PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE
ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL INFORMATION OR FEATURES TO BE FURNISHED BY
SEC:
ADDITIONAL SUPPLEMENTARY DATA OR FEATURES PROPOSED BY
BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/CONTRACTOR:
B. OTHER PARTICULARS TO BE FILLED UP BY BIDDER/VENDOR/SUPPLIER/
CONTRACTOR:
Actual Manufacturer
of Equipment/Material
Vendor/Supplier/
Contractor
Name of the Company
Location and address
Name and Signature of
authorized Representative
and date
Official Seal/Stamp
of the Company & Date
70TMSSO3R01/SZA
Date of Approval: January 31, 2012
PAGE NO, 38 OF 38
APPENDIX - III
TECHNICAL DATA MANUALS
1.
Technical Data Manuals
The CONTRACTOR shall provide Technical Data Manuals as applicable for
the substation equipment and underground cable systems installed under the
PROJECT. The CONTRACTOR shall submit at least two (2) sets of manuals
for review and approval by the COMPANY at least two (2) months prior to the
techinical completion date of the PROJECT. After COMPANY approval, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) sets of final approved manuals two (2)
weeks before technical completion date of the PROJECT.
2.
Substation Equipment
The Technical Data Manuals for the substation equipment, as applicable, shall
include the following information as a minimum pertaining to the major
substation equipment installed under the PROJECT.
a.
Equipment for which TMSS and SMSS Data Schedule is available.

A copy of manufacturer’s nameplate of the equipment.

Name of the manufacturer and equipment serial number shall be
specified in the attached Form No. PTD-EQP-DS1.

Updated Data Schedules attached to the COMPANY Materials
Standard Specification (TMSS and SMSS) after manufacture of
the equipment, and stamped by the manufacturer.
The Technical Data is required for the following substation equipment:
-
3.
380kV XLPE Cables
380kV XLPE Cable Termination and Splicing Kits
Line Boxes
Sheath Voltage Limiters
Surge Arresters
DTS
Underground Cables
The CONTRACTOR shall provide technical data applicable for XLPE Cables,
splices and terminations as per details of updated data schedules of the
relevant COMPANY material standard specifications (TMSS and SMSS)
stamped by the manufacturer.
In addition to the above mentioned TMSS and SMSS data schedules, the
CONTRACTOR shall provide additional information in the attached form no.
PTD-UGC DS6
APPENDIX - IV
BID STANDARD FORMAT
CERT.
‫الشركة السعودية للكهرباء‬
CHK’D
APP’D
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
APPENDIX IV
BID STANDARD FORMAT
1
2
3
NO.
The BIDDER shall fill in Annex A & C which shows equipment salient features along with
the Technical Proposal. The BIDDER shall also fill Annex B which shows the documents
submitted along with the Technical Proposal
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY:
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
CERTIFIED
BY:
DATE:
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
PTS-12CC348
JOB ORDER NO.
SCOPE OF WORK & TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM
POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
DOCUMENT NO.
A
PTS 12CC348
APPENDIX-IV
PAGE NO.
REV.
0
ANNEX A
Contract No.
Project Titile:
No.
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS
Description of Equipment/
Material
Type/Model Manufacturer
Country of
Origin
Tech. Info.
In Section#
UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION
LINE MATERIAL
XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
132kV
110kV
36kV
13.8KV
Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable
Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH
Pilot Cable, 19 pairs
Link Box for U/G Power Cable
Sheath Voltage Limiter
380kV Splice kits
380kV Termination kits
O/H TRANSMISSION LINE
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL
1 Overhead Line Conductor
2 Overhead Ground Wire
3 Tubular Steel Pole
4 Lattice Steel Structure
5 Wood Pole
6 Disconnect Switch
380kV
230kV
110kV
132kV
7 Line Post Insulator
380kV
230kV
110kV
69kV
8 Suspension Insulator
380kV
132kV
110kV
69kV
9 Composite Overhead Optical
Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW)
10 Fiber Optic Joint Box
11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment *
Low Density
SDH
B
Note : Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX B
Contract No.
Project Titile:
SUMMARY OF EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
No.
Description of Equipment/
Material
A
UNDERGROUND TRANSMISSION
LINE MATERIAL
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Statement of
Data
Manufacturer's
Compliance Schedule
Catalogs
Type
Test List of Users
Report
XLPE or LPOF U/G Cable
380kV
230kV
132kV
110kV
69kV
36 Kv
13.8kV
Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable
Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH
Pilot Cable, 19 pairs
Link Box for U/G Power Cable
Sheath Voltage Limiter
380kV Splice kits
380kV Termination kits
O/H TRANSMISSION LINE
EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL
1 Overhead Line Conductor
2 Overhead Ground Wire
3 Tubular Steel Pole
4 Lattice Steel Structure
5 Wood Pole
6 Disconnect Switch
380kV
132kV
110kV
7 Line Post Insulator
380kV
132kV
110kV
8 Suspension Insulator
380kV
132kV
110kV
9 Composite Overhead Optical
Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW)
10 Fiber Optic Joint Box
11 Fiber Optic Terminal Equipment
Low Density
SDH
B
Note : Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project
Page 1 of 1
ANNEX C
Contract No.
Project Titile:
No.
1
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS
Description of Equipment/
Material
Relay & Control Panels
Manufacturer
Country of
Origin
Type/
Model
Tech. Info.
In Section #
2 Feeder Protection
a. Distance Relay
Set 1 (2IP)
Set 2 (2IS)
b. Directional Comparison
Earth Fault Relay
Set 1 (67NP)
Set 2 (67NS)
c. Longitudinal/Pilot Wire
Differential Relay
Set 1 (87LP)
Set 2 (87LS)
d. Back-up Inverse Time Overcurrent
Relay with Instantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (50/51N)
e. Back-up Directional Overcurrent
Relay with Instantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (67N)
f. Synchrocheck Relay (25)
g. Auto Reclosing Relay (79)
h. PT Fuse Failure Relay
3
a.
b.
c.
Power Transformer Protection
OLTC Control Panel
Differential Relay (87 T)
Restricted Earth Fault Relay
HV Side (87 REF-HV)
LV Side (87 REF-HV)
d. Back-up HV side Overcurrent
Relay with or without Inst.Unit
e.
f.
g.
h.
4
a.
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (50/51N)
Ground (50/51G)
Back-up Secondary side Directional
Overcurrent Relay with or without
Inst. Unit
Phase (67)
Neutral (67G)
Back-up LV side Neutral Overcurrent
Relay with or without Inst.Unit
Tertiary Winding Inverse Time
Overcurrent Relay with or without
Instantaneous Unit (50/51TW)
HV Side Over Fluxing Relay (24T)
Grounding Transformer Protection
Restricted Earth Fault Relay (87 GT)
Page 1 of 3
Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project.
2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.
ANNEX C
Contract No.
Project Titile:
No.
b.
5
a.
6
a.
b.
c.
7
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS
Description of Equipment/
Material
Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/
without Intantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51 GT)
Neutral (50/51 GGT)
Station Service Transformer Protection
Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with
Intantaneous Unit (50/51)
Bus Bar Protection
Bus Bar Differential Relay (87 B)
Bus Bar Differential Check Relay (87B)
CT Open Circuit Supervision Relay
Bus Sectionalizing and /or Bus Coupler
Breaker Protection
Manufacturer
Country of
Origin
Type/
Model
Tech. Info.
In Section #
a. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/
without Intantaneous Unit
Phase (51BT)
Neutral (51NBT)
8 Breaker and Protection Circuit Failure
Supervision
a. Breaker Failure Relay (50 BF)
b. DC Supervision Relay
Set 1
Set 2
c. Trip Circuit Supervision Relay
Set 1
Set 2
d. Trip Coil Supervision Relay
Set 1
Set 2
9 Reactor Protection
a. Differential Relay
b. Restricted Earth Fault Relay
c. Inverse Time Overcurrent Relay with/
without Intantaneous Unit
Phase (50/51)
Neutral (50/51N)
10 Capacitor Bank Protection
a. Harmonic Desensitized Instantaneous
Overcurrent Relay
Phase Set 1 (50P)
Phase Set 2 (50S)
Neutral Set 1 (50NP)
Neutral Set 2 (50NS)
b. Short Time Overcurrent Relay
Phase Set 1 (51P)
Phase Set 2 (51S1)
Neutral Set 1 (51NP)
Neutral Set 2 (51NS)
c. Overcurrent Relay with Harmonic Filter
for Mid-point Unbalance
Set 1 (59P)
Set 2 (59S)
Page 2 of 3
Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project.
2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.
ANNEX C
Contract No.
Project Titile:
No.
d.
e.
f.
11
a.
b.
c.
d.
12
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
SUMMARY OF PROPOSED PROTECTIVE RELAYS
Description of Equipment/
Material
For Neutral Point Unbalance
Set 1 (59NP)
Set 2 (59NS)
Bus Over Voltage Relays
Set 1 (59BP)
Set 2 (59BS)
Bus Under Voltage Relay
Set 1 (27BP)
Set 2 (27BS)
Protection Signalling/Communication
Interface Equipment
For Distance Protection
For Pilot Wire Differential Protection
Breaker Failure Scheme
For Longitudinal Differential Protection
Other Relays
Under frequency Relay (81)
Lockout Relay (86)
Timers (62)
Tripping Relay (94)
Tripping & Lockout Relay Supervision
DC Supply Supervision Relay (74)
Test Switches
Manufacturer
Country of
Origin
Type/
Model
Tech. Info.
In Section #
13 Bidder to Specify and List other Relays
and Devices
Page 3 of 3
Note: 1. Strike-off items which are not applicable to this project.
2. In case different make/type/model of same kind of relays are proposed for different applications list them all.
APPENDIX - V
LIST OF OPERATIONAL
SPARE PARTS
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR 380KV UNDERGROUND CABLES
DISTRIBUTED TEMPERATURE SENSORS (DTS)
VOLTAGE :
TYPE : ________________
MANUFACTURER :_______________‎‎
YEAR OF MANUFACTURE :_____________
(A)
ITEM
NO.
ITEM DESCRIPTION
MFR. NAME
PART NO. /
SEC REQ.
TYPE
QTY.
(B)
MFR.REC. QTY. (FOR 10 YRS
OPERATION)
10% OF THE ITEM USED
Note
The bidder shall offer complete list of manufacturer recommended operational spare parts
as required for the DTS
OPERATIONAL SPARE PARTS FOR 380KV UNDERGROUND CABLES
V
CABLING AND TERMINATION
TYPE: _________
YEAR OF MANUFACTUR :___________
MANUFACTURER :___________________‎‎
ITEM DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
380kV XLPE Power Cable 1000mm²
Sheath Voltage limiter(As used)
Link Box
380kV SF6/XLPE Termination
380kV Cable joints isolated type
380kV Cable joints straight through type
Low voltage coaxial cables 400mm²
suitable to connect the link boxes and
joints
MFR.
NAME
PART
NO./
TYPE
(A)
SEC
REQ.
QTY.
80M
25 Nos.
5Nos.
3Nos.
12Nos.
12Nos.
20 M
NOTES:
The bidder should submit itemize prices and complete technical data.
The bidder shall omit those items that are not applicable to this equipment
and shall recommend required spares instead of the omitted items.
(B)
MFR.REC. QTY.
(FOR 10 YRS OPERATION)
APPENDIX - VI
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS
CERT.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’D
0APP’D
National Grid SA
1
2
3
NO.
SCOPE OF WORK AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS
FOR
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
PTS-12CC348
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
APPENDIX – VI
UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND DUCTBANK SYSTEM
AND LINK REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
(OSP/ISP)
CERTIFIED
BY:
OCTOBER 2012
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
1
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION
DESCRIPTION
1
SCOPE OF WORK
2
1
2
3
NO.
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.04
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
3
4
APPROVED
OPTICAL FIBERS CABLE
FIBER OPTICS JOINT BOXES ( if applicable )
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.01
MAL
CHK’D BY:
MATERIALS
2.01
2.03
REVISIONS
COMMUNICATION WORKS
OTHER WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR
REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGE CABLE
SPECIFIC SEC STANDARDS & SPECIFICATIONS
FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATIONS
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
TE&SA DEPT.
4.01
MAL
ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS
FOR TESTING OF FIBER OPTIC CABLES
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
2
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
SECTION 1- SCOPE OF WORK
DESCRIPTION
1.01 COMMUNICATION WORKS
a. 380kV U/G WORKS BETWEEN S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant
1
2
3
NO.
1.
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
TRANSMISSION LINE WORK (BETWEEN S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant)
1.01 CONTRACTOR shall provide, install, test and commission three ( 3 ) 48 cores, Non-Zero
Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) Single-mode Underground Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable
(UGNMFOC) from S/S 9032 to Qassim Power Plant ( up to the existing / proposed optical fiber
management rack/ Fiber Splice Termination Panel (OFMR/FSTP) at 380/132/13.8 kV BSP
Communication Room at S/S 9032 & Qassim Power Plant via the proposed/Existing
Communication Duct bank. Contractor to finalize the FOC length during the Base Design Stage
(See Attached Drawing A).
Note: Incase the proposed FSTP are unable to be accommodated inside in ANY of the existing
OFMR or at ALL site, new OFMR shall be proposed by the CONTRACTOR.
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
b. COMMUNICATION DUCTBANK & UNDERGROUND FIBER OPTIC CABLING
WORK AT 380kV BSP 9032 & Qassim Power Plant ( if the existing Ductbank
can to be used to lay the proposed cable) :
a) CONTRACTOR shall construct a new communications ductbank and handhole system at
Qassim Power Plant & S/S 9032 Concrete encased ductbank shall be a minimum of 4-way x
110 mm ducts configuration as per SEC standard drawing TB-800079. The 110mm rigid PVC
conduit (each) shall be provided with four (4) 32mm diameter rigid HDPE subduct or
COMPANY approved equivalent. Spare duct/subduct shall be provided with different color of
nylon ropes and end plugs. Connection shall be made watertight. Concrete encased ductbank
in all road crossings shall be in accordance with COMPANY construction standard.
OPERATING DEPT.
b) CONTRACTOR shall construct and install Communication Handholes/Manhole, as reference
to COMPANY (SEC) Standards drawing numbers TB-800096 (for manhole type-1), TB800076 (for non-traffic areas), TB-800077 (for traffic areas) and TA-80098 for accessories.
Handholes/manhole shall be provided with all necessary clamps and fixing hardware to
enable coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
c) CONTRACTOR shall provide and install communication cable trays and pull box as required
and necessary to completely route the underground fiber optic cable (UGNMFOC) up to the
designated location of the optical fiber management rack (OFMR) inside the proposed
communication room at existing 380kV 9032 & Qassim Power Plant .
d) Concrete encased ductbank shall be a minimum of 2/4/6/12 ducts configuration as per SEC
standard drawing. The 110mm ∅ rigid PVC conduit shall be provided with four (4) 32mm
diameter rigid HDPE subduct or SEC approved equivalent. Spare duct/subduct shall be
provided with different color of nylon ropes and end plugs.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
e) Provide and install communication cable trays, splicing/termination panel, optical fiber
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
3
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
DESCRIPTION
CHK’D
management rack inside the communication room and a minimum of 5 meters long pigtail
cables (FC/PC type connector in one end) and splice one end of the pigtail cable with the
underground fiber optic cable.
1
2
3
NO.
C. COMMUNICATION MANHOLE/HANDHOLES
REVISIONS
1. CONTRACTOR shall construct and install Communication Handholes/Manhole, as reference to
COMPANY (SEC) Standards drawing numbers TB-800096 (for manhole type-1), TB-800076 (for
non-traffic areas), TB-800077 (for traffic areas) and TA-800098 for accessories. Handholes/manhole
shall be provided with all necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable coiling the extra length of
fiber optic cable.
2. Manholes/Handholes shall be provided on every, crossing, start and end of duct banks and at every
300 meters (maximum) of continuous run without any change/offset on the ground elevation.
MAL
DRAWN BY:
3. Handhole/manhole located in high water table shall be waterproofed as per COMPANY Standard
drawing number TA-800140.
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
4. All interior surfaces of concrete handhole/manhole shall be coated with two (2) coats of elastomeric
cementitious impermeable membrane after thirty-five days of concrete placement. The second coat
shall be applied within the time interval (between successive coating application) specified by the
manufacturer. The total wet film thickness shall not be less than 1 mm (minimum).
5. On Interior Concrete Surfaces: A polymer modified cementitious coating material, when cured, it
shall form an elastomeric impermeable membrane:
Color
Resistance to Water Surface (DIN 1048)
Crack Accommodation (Static & Dynamic)
CO2 & Chloride Ion Diffusion Resistance
: First coat white and subsequent
coats gray
: 1 Mpa
: 180 % (1.8 mm crack shall be
bridged statically)
: 25 kN/m (ASTM D624)
: 95 %
: 25 Mpa (ASTM D412)
: 85-90 (ASTM D2240)
: DIN 1048
: ASTM 0648
: not less than 1 Mpa
: not less than 60 %
: not less than 60 %
: not less than 1
: Wet thoroughly the concrete
surfaces by water
: Positive-7 bar (70m head of water)
: Excellent
: Excellent
Bond to Damp Concrete
: Excellent
Modulus at Break
Ultimate Elongation
Tear Resistance
Tensile Set Recovery
Tensile Strength
Shore ‘A’ Hardness
Permeability to water vapor
Heat Deflection Temperature
Bond Strength to Concrete
Total Solids by Volume
Total Solids by Weight
Specific Gravity
Priming Coat
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
6.
Each Fiber Optic handhole/manhole shall be marked by a COMPANY (SEC) approved stainless
steel marker plate. The Marker plate shall be located on the handhole collar frame with the
following information.
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
4
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
CHK’D
0APP’D
National Grid SA
SEC FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
DESCRIPTION
MANHOLE/HANDHOLE NO.
CONTRACT NO.
JOINT BOX NO.
LINK DESTINATION
CABLE TYPE/ NO. OF CORES
CABLE MANUFACTURER
INSTALLATION YEAR
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1
2
3
NO.
D. SUBDUCTS
1. Subducts (or equivalent) on straight run installed in the underground duct-bank shall be rigid and
must have 32 mm outside diameter and made from HDPE piping compound, its inner wall must be
smooth and its pulling length must not exceed 450 meters. It must comply with industry standard
ASTM-F-2160, with TRUE-9 – "1 inch Trade size".
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
2. Subduct (or equivalent) on handholes and inside the building shall be corrugated, flexible and fire
retardant (2 hours UL fire rating) with 25 mm outside diameter. Sub-ducts installation shall be in
accordance with TCS-T-111.05. Nylon pull ropes ¼ inch diameter (of different color) shall be
provided and installed in all vacant duct and subducts.
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
3. CONTRACTOR shall submit sample of the 25mm corrugated, flexible and 32mm outside diameter
rigid HDPE subducts for COMPANY review and acceptance.
MAL
4. HDPE couplers and accessories shall be as per industry standard ASTM-F-2176.
E.
Communication pull box shall be NEMA standard type-4X with 500 mm (H) x 400 mm (W) x 200 mm (D)
minimum (unless otherwise specified) and shall be of stainless steel type 304 sheets with opening type
cover and shall be marked “COMMUNICATION PULL BOX” with number at the cover. All
communications pull box mounted/installed inside and outside the building shall be grounded with a
minimum 70mm2 grounding cable with green/yellow insulation. Grounding wire shall be connected to the
power plant and substation grounding grid.
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
COMMUNICATION PULL BOX
F.
COMMUNICATION CABLE TRAY/LADDER
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
1.
CONTRACTOR shall supply and install a 12 inches wide telecommunication cable tray with
accessories for Fiber Optic Cable installation and shall be supplied and installed inside
communication room/area of the building. Electrical cable trays will not be an acceptable
substitute for communication cable tray/ladder.
2.
Cable trays and cable ladders shall be primarily constructed of 1.65mm wall rectangular tubing in
high strength alloy, with minimum field strength of 50,000 psi and Cross members with minimum
width span of 300mm and shall be welded at 300mm (rung) intervals each along the over-all
section/length of the cable tray/ladder. Each over-all section/length shall be finished with
telephone gray baked enamel.
3.
New cable tray/ladder shall be used to route the proposed U/G non-metallic fiber optic cable
inside COMPANY approved subduct up to the communication room. CONTRACTOR to install
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
5
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
new cable trays/ladders to route the fiber optic cables inside the Substations, where COMPANY
requires it.
4.
DESCRIPTION
G. OPTICAL FIBER MANAGEMENT RACK
1
2
3
NO.
At sites where Fiber Optic Splice/Termination Panel is specified, the following technical specifications
should be met:
REVISIONS
The Fiber Optics Cable Management rack shall be designed to utilize a standard EIA (Electronic
Industries Association) 19 Inch rack which will be suitable for mounting splice cassette/splice organizer
modules, as well as modules which will terminate fiber optics pigtail and fiber optics patch cable. Each
standard EIA 19 inch rack shall be of a height which is consistent with the overall equipment installation
at the site (either 2.0 meters, or 2.1 meters high, depending on the installation).
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
CONTRACTOR shall evaluate and determine the exact quantity required for each site, as part of
his Base design and Detail engineering for the project.
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
As part of the design of the Fiber Optic Cable management Rack, enclosures will be provided for the
housing of splice organizer/splice cassette trays, used to splice incoming fiber optics cable (indoor cable,
or underground fiber optics cable) with fiber optics pigtail cables. The enclosure used for this purpose
may be either a “pull-out” type design (where a technician will pull out the associated tray of the
enclosure from the front access, exposing the inner fiber optics joints), or may be a “swing frame” design
(with a left-hand hinge, and a handle on the right side) to allow the access for the splice organizer/splice
cassette tray, by “swinging out” the enclosure from the right side handle. Splice organizer trays used in
this enclosure shall be sized to hold the splice organizer/splice cassette tray shall be designed with
sufficient space, and coiling supports to provide storage of a minimum of five (5) meters of excess fiber
optics pigtail cable (48 pigtails).
As part of the design of the Fiber Optic Cable Management Rack, enclosures will be provided for the
housing of fiber optics termination connections (FC/PC barrel, or bulkhead connectors) used to
interconnect fiber optics pigtail cords with Fiber Optic Patch Cable. Depending on the size of the
installation, the enclosures used to house fiber optics termination connections will contain 48 FC/PC
connections. The enclosure used for this purpose may be either a “pull-out” type design (where a
technician will pull out the associated tray of the enclosure from the front access, exposing the
connections between the fiber optics pigtail cables with the fiber optics patch cables), or may be a “swing
frame” design (with a left-hand hinge, and a handle on the right side) to allow the access to the
interconnection between the fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable, by “swinging out” the
enclosure from the right side handle. Also, the enclosure used to hold the splice organizer/splice
cassette tray shall be designed with sufficient space, and coiling supports to provide storage of a
minimum of five (5) meters of excess fiber optics pigtail cable (for 36 core fiber connection termination
enclosure), and a minimum of five meters of excess fiber optics patch cable (for 48 fiber optics patch
cables). FC/PC Fiber Optic Barrel, or Bulkhead connectors used shall allow for no greater than a 1.0dB/per connection loss, when the connection is used, and shall be designed for use with Single Mode
Fiber Optics Cable.
Also, as part of the design/construction of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack, all accessories
required to orderly route incoming underground fiber optic cable, indoor fiber optics cable, as well as
fiber optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable shall be provided. These may include items such as
“D” channels, incoming flexible sub-duct, mounting supports (for incoming fiber optics cable), buffer
tubes for fiber optics cores (in the enclosure used for splicing), brackets/guides to route fiber optics
pigtail/patch cable between portions of the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack, and other accessories
which are required as part of the equipment manufacture’s design/construction of the Fiber Optics Cable
Management Rack.
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
6
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
If the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack is exclusively used for patching and termination of fiber
optics pigtail cable, and fiber optics patch cable, the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack shall allow
for the termination of a minimum of 108 fibers.
DESCRIPTION
Also the Fiber Optics Cable Management Rack shall be provided with required dust proof covers (to
prevent fiber optics splices from dust entry) and identification Tags/Labels to identify all incoming fiber
optics cables to the cable Management Rack. Prior to the CONTRACTOR supply of the Fiber Optics
Cable Management Rack to the COMPANY, the CONTRACTOR shall provide full colored brochures,
and equipment specifications for COMPANY review and approval.
1
2
3
NO.
1.02 OTHER WORKS TO BE DONE BY THE CONTRACTOR
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
A. CONTRACTOR shall field verify and determine the exact quantity of all required and necessary
telecommunication civil works (manhole, handhole, cable trays/ladders, pull boxes, conduit
risers, grounding & bonding cables and rigid/flexible ducts or sub-ducts) and termination of all
cables from the cabinet up to the Main/Intermediate Distribution Frame (MDF/IDF), as part of his
Base design and Detailed engineering for the project to completely satisfy the requirements
specified in the scope of work.
B.
In case the Bidder/Contractor feel that a pre-bid site survey is necessary in order for the
Bidder/Contractor to satisfy himself for all information the Bidder required in preparing the bid
documents. The Bidder shall request in writing and submit to COMPANY representative to
schedule and arrange for a group site visit with all bidders. Otherwise, COMPANY (SEC) will
assumed that Bidder/Contractor fully understand the Communication SOW/TS requirements of
the PTS covering SEC Fiber Optic Systems and interconnection with other telecommunication
systems of the COMPANY.
C. End to End testing of the complete fiber optic cables (U/G to OFMR) after all installations and
splicing are completed.
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
D. CONTRACTOR shall plan & execute the WORK such that the communication outages required
to the existing transmission lines are minimized to the extent possible. A detailed plan for the
execution of WORK shall be submitted in the Base design stage for COMPANY (SEC) review
and approval.
E. Copies of existing Substation drawings and other information as deemed appropriate by the
COMPANY may be provided to the CONTRACTOR upon request, if available. However, if such
information is not available, then the CONTRACTOR should be responsible for the independent
development of the information required to complete the Base design & Detail drawings as
specified for the PROJECT.
1.03 REPLACEMENT OF DAMAGED CABLES
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
A. If during any testing of the fiber optics cable there was damage or defects found,
CONTRACTOR shall be required to replace the entire drum section of the fiber optic cable at NO
additional cost to the COMPANY, and without impact on the overall project schedule.
B. The final installation, to be provided by the CONTRACTOR, shall be safe, functional and reliable
in accordance with the latest Engineering practices. End to end testing of the complete fiber optic
cable after all splicing are completed.
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
7
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
1.04 SPECIFIC SEC STANDARDS AND SPECIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION
A. SEC MATERIAL STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
01-TMSS-01
General Requirements for All Equipment/Materials
48-TMSS-02R.1
Non-Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (NFOC)
23-TMSS-01
PVC conduits & fittings for underground Cables
23-TMSS-02
Duct sealing units
1
2
3
NO.
B. SEC ENGINEERING & CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
SES-T-011
Symbols, Communications
TCS-T-111.06
Optical Fiber Cables Splicing
TCS-T-557.10
Optical Fiber Cables Testing/Acceptance
TCS-T-111.08
Underground Installation of Optical Fiber Cables
TCS-T-111.11
Design and Installation of Communication Conduit and
Manhole System
TCS-T-111.02
Underground Cable Conduit Sealing
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
C. SEC ENGINEERING AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
SES-T-011
Symbols, Communications
TCS-T-111.11
Design & Installation of U/G communications conduit & manhole
systems
TCS-T-557.10
Optical Fiber Cables Testing/Acceptance
TCS-T-111.08
Underground Installation of Optical Fiber Cables
TCS-T-111.02
Underground Cable Conduit Sealing
TES-T-111.02
Communication Facility grounding
D. SEC STANDARD DRAWINGS (Latest revision shall prevail)
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
SEEDS-II R.1
Preparing, Processing, & Managing Transmission For
Contractor
TA-800098
Manhole/Handhole Accessories for Communication (sht. 1 & 2)
TA-800140
Handhole/Manhole Water Proofing Installation
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
8
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
TA-800094
Typical Duct Splaying Layout for Manhole (Service Hole and Hanhole)
Entry.
TA-800096
Service Manhole Type-1
TA-800078
Typical Detail of Conduit Mounting on the Gantry Structure for NonMetallic Fiber Optic Cables
TB-800069
Standard Trench Detail Joint Communication & Power Cables
TB-800077
Standard Pre-Cast Handhole for Communication for Traffic
Areas
TB-800076
Standard Pre-Cast Handhole for Communication for Non-Traffic Areas
(Latest Revision)
TES-T-111.02
Communication Facility Grounding
TB-800079
PVC Conduit Installation Concrete Encased (Vital)
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’D
0APP’D
National Grid SA
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
**** END OF SECTION 1 ****
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
9
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
SECTION 2- MATERIALS
2.01 OPTICAL FIBER CABLES
UNDERGROUND NON-METALLIC FIBER OPTIC CABLE (UGNMFOC)
1.
Non-Metallic Underground Optical Fiber Cable shall meet all the requirements and latest
revision of COMPANY Material Standard Specifications 48-TMSS-02.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall submit his proposal along with Technical Specification and
representative sample of the cable to the COMPANY (SEC) for review and approval prior
to manufacturing the cable.
3.
All types of the Optical Fiber Cables shall be compatible with each other. CONTRACTOR
and the cable manufacturer shall guarantee that the Fibers of each Cable Drum supplied
to the COMPANY have matching parameters to enable good optical splices within
COMPANY specified maximum allowable optical splice loss limit.
4.
Color-coding and grouping of the fiber optic cores and tubes/binders shall be as per
COMPANY Material Standard Specification 48-TMSS-02 latest revision.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
A.
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
2.02 FIBER OPTICS JOINT BOXES ( if applicable )
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
A.
UNDERGROUND TYPE 4-WAY JOINT BOX (OPGW – UGNFOC)
This type of Joint Box will be used, as necessary & as required by COMPANY in locations such
as Gantry or Terminal Compound and Underground Handholes/Manholes (where
CONTRACTOR will route underground cable) where cables Optical Fiber Ground Wire (OPGW)
and Underground Fiber Optics cables (UGNFOC) will be joined.
Notes applicable to all Joint Boxes – Splicing, Tagging & Labeling
OPERATING DEPT.
All splice cassettes/trays shall be supplied and installed inside this type of joint box, as well as
all other accessories for splicing the fiber optics cables. The take-off structure type,
Underground type & Mid-Span type Joint Box shall have a grounding connection for tying the
box to an external ground.
During the installation of all Joint Boxes – Tags/labels shall be provided for each joint box,
which shall contain the following information.
SEC FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
CONTRACT NO.
CMH/CHH NO./STRUCTURE NO
JOINT BOX NO.
LINK DESTINATION
CABLE TYPE/ NO. OF CORES
CABLE MANUFACTURER
INSTALLATION YEAR
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
For outdoor type Joint Boxes, the tagging/labeling shall be provided and installed on a
permanently affixed COMPANY approved stainless steel tag whose size, lettering, and location
shall be easily readable from personnel on the ground, and shall use embossed letters to allow
for ease of reading.
For underground type joint boxes (as required by COMPANY), the tagging/labeling shall be
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
10
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
provided and installed on a permanently affixed COMPANY approved stainless steel tag, or
plastic tag whose size, lettering, and location shall be easily readable from personnel on the
ground, and shall use embossed letters to allow for ease of reading.
DESCRIPTION
For all joint box tags, a sample of each tag shall be submitted for COMPANY review and
comment before manufacture of each tag.
Other Notes applicable to all Joint Boxes
1
2
3
NO.
As a part of submittals provided by the CONTRACTOR, type test data and materials brochures
shall be supplied by clearly identifying the type of fiber optics joint boxes, which are to be
supplied. This data shall include (but not be limited to the following):
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
Crush Resistance, static load
Impact Resistance, chemical resistance test
Dimensions and mounting details of the Joint Box
Inside dimensions, and details for mounting of all accessories
Water tightness and temperature cycling test of the Joint Box
Grounding Details of the Joint Box
Accessories list, including details of splice cassettes, and trays, mounting hardware and
accommodate looping of excess fiber optics cable
Each Fiber Optics Joint Box which is to be supplied shall be able to coil an additional 10 meters
of fiber optic cores inside the joint box, other than the fiber optics cores which are to be
contained inside the Splice Cassette tray. The box shall be designed with retainers to allow for
coiling of these excess fiber optics cores.
The Joint Box shall consist of the following components:
OPERATING DEPT.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
The joint box shall provide environmental and mechanical protection to the fiber optic splices,
and unused cable entry ports shall be sealed to allow for future use. The metallic parts shall be
resistant against general causes (i.e. stress, corrosion, pitting, etc). Dissimilar metals when
used to support the boxes shall not cause galvanic corrosion effects on the closure body.
CERTIFIED
BY:
Gasket (Seal)
Hinged or Bolted down
Optical Fiber Splice kit
Mounting Hardware
Tray for Splice (Organizer) to hold a maximum six (6) splices per tray and 2 meters long
of each fiber
Accessories required to produce and protect permanent joint
Fiber Protection Sleeves (minimum 48)
Each joint box shall be capable of being hermetically re-sealed each time it is opened
FSM
**** END OF SECTION 2 ****
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
11
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
SECTION 3- TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
3.01 FIBER OPTIC CABLE INSTALLATIONS
1.
CONTRACTOR shall provide the COMPANY complete description/specification/data and
representative samples of all types of the cables for COMPANY review and approval prior
to manufacturing the cables.
2.
The total length of the cables shall be determined by taking into consideration sag, number
of joint boxes, extra length of cable coiled on the transmission line structure,
communication room and at each joint box location inside the manholes/hand holes, etc.
3.
CONTRACTOR shall optimize the cable reel lengths in order to minimize the cable splices.
4.
CONTRACTOR and cable manufacturer shall ensure that fibers of all cable drums have
matching parameters so that the optical splices are within allowable splice loss limit.
5.
The fibers of all optical fiber cables shall be compatible with each other.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
A. General Requirements for Both Types of Fiber Optic Cables:
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
B. Underground Non Metallic Fiber Optic Cable (UGNMFOC):
1. The UGNFOC shall be installed independently inside a rigid subducts in dedicated duct
banks and corrugated, flexible and fire-rated subducts inside the communication room,
handholes/manholes and routed up to the communication room in accordance with the
COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-T-111.08. The UGNFOC shall be coiled (minimum
of 25 meters) near the communication equipment inside the communication room in
accordance with the COMPANY Communication Standard requirements and shall meet all
the requirements of COMPANY Materials Specification 48-TMSS-02 and cable
Manufacturer recommendations.
2. Sufficient extra length (at least 15 meters) of the UGNMFOC shall be securely and carefully
coiled inside the start/end manholes & handholes for future splice requirements. All other
locations of handholes shall be provided with an extra two coils of at least 5 meters of
UGNMFOC.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
3. The cables shall be supplied with approved end seals (waterproof), which shall not be
removed until immediately prior to Optic jointing. CONTRACTOR shall field verify on site to
determine/measure the length of Fiber Optic Cables that are required in this project before
any cutting or pulling of cables to be done.
4. All necessary and required telecommunication cable trays, cable ladders, raceways, pipes,
conduits and all accessories shall be provided and installed by CONTACTOR to route the
optical fiber cable and other communication cables from their designated ends up to the
location of communication equipment.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
5. Also, the part of the optical fiber cable inside the substation shall be installed far enough
from power cables in order to avoid any risk of being damaged due to power faults and shall
enter directly to telecommunication room without passing through substation basement.
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
12
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
CHK’D
0APP’D
National Grid SA
3.02 INSTALLATION OF FIBER OPTIC JOINT BOXES ( if applicable )
A. Optical Fiber Cable Joint Boxes
DESCRIPTION
1.
OPGW-UGNMFOC (4 ways)
1
2
3
NO.
At Substation Gantry structure, the joint boxes shall be installed in accordance with
COMPANY Standard drawing TA-800078 at a height of 3 meters above ground level. A
liquid tight PVC coated flexible metal conduit (25mm Ø) shall be installed between the
joint box cable entry and the 50mm Ø PVC coated steel conduit. The conduit shall be
sealed at both ends.
2.
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
Use “weather tight connectors” connecting the flexible metal conduit with the optical fiber
joint box and with the galvanized steel pipe (GSP). CONTRACTOR shall submit details
including colored brochures of the recommended joint boxes for COMPANY approval.
CONTRACTOR shall not procure any joint box until reviewed and approved by the
COMPANY.
B. Fiber Optics Splicing Requirements
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
1.
All splices shall be done by qualified and experienced optical fiber cable splices.
CONTRACTOR shall submit qualification documents of the proposed optical cable splicer
for COMPANY review and approval.
2.
All splices shall be fusion type using splicing machine with built-in estimated splice loss
measurement and video recording capabilities.
3.
Optical attenuation of fiber splices estimated by the Fusion Splice Machine shall not
exceed 0.05 dB per splice.
4.
All optical fiber cable splice shall be measured from both ends using Optical Time Domain
Reflectometer (OTDR) and Optical Test Sets. Splice loss measurements carried-out on
both directions and average the values shall not exceed the COMPANY splice loss limit of
0.05dB.
5.
All optical fiber splicing and testing activities shall be in accordance with COMPANY
Standards TCS-T-111.06 and TCS-T-111.10. All equipment shall be calibrated.
Calibration certificates must be submitted to the COMPANY for review and acceptance
prior to splicing and testing activities.
6.
All splicing activities shall be done in the presence of the COMPANY representative.
When witnessing of the splicing activities by the COMPANY representative is not
possible, the COMPANY at its option may allow the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the
splicing, provided that the whole activities are recorded on video tape and submitted to
the COMPANY, along with the tabulated results, review and acceptance. CONTRACTOR
shall provide the video machine and videotapes.
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
**** END OF SECTION 3 ****
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
13
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
SECTION 4- TESTING AND COMMISSIONING
4.01 ADDITIONAL COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TESTING OF FIBER
OPTIC CABLES
DESCRIPTION
A. Factory Test of Fiber Optic Cables:
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
The factory tests shall confirm the following:
a)
All materials satisfy the requirements of this specification and all further requirements
to guarantee a complete working system.
b)
All materials meet the performance requirements under the local ambient conditions
given in this specification.
1
2
3
NO.
1.
2.
COMPANY or its designated representative may witness any or all factory tests performed.
3.
All fiber optic cables are required to be subjected to factory tests as per the following
procedure:
DATE:
a)
A minimum of one-month notice shall be given by the CONTRACTOR of his readiness
to start the factory tests.
b)
The Factory and Inspection and Test of the OPGW and non-metallic fiber optic cables
shall be conducted as per the following program:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
i)
The test shall be based on the guidelines mentioned in COMPANY Material
Standard Specification 48-TMSS-02 latest revision in accordance with the test
procedures and test standards referred to in the standard. The Inspector of the
Independent Inspection Agency (IIA) shall review test data of the source fibers
(from the manufacturers). All test results of the finished cables shall be reviewed
by the Inspector of the IIA to verify compliance with the requirements of this
project. Additionally, specific tests shall be repeated in the presence of the IIA
Inspector.
ii)
The following routine tests for the completed fiber optics cable shall be witnessed
by the COMPANY approved Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency:
OPERATING DEPT.
1)
Optical Attenuation Test at 1310nm/1550nm/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and
1625nm for G.655) (by OTDR) - 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero
Dispersion Shifted (NZDSF) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted
(DUSMF) (ITU-T G.655 and ITU-T-G.652.D) Fiber.
2)
Fiber Point Defects Test at 1310nm/1550nm/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and
1625nm for G.655) (by OTDR) - 100 percent of supplied cable for Non-Zero
Dispersion Shifted (NZDSF) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted
(DUSMF) (ITU-T G.655 and ITU-T-G.652.D) Fiber.
3)
Chromatic Dispersion Test (CD) – 100 percent of supplied cable for NonZero Dispersion shifted (ITU-T G.655) Fiber and 20 percent of supplied Low
Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (ITU-T-652.D) Fiber randomly chosen by
Third Party Inspector.
4)
Polarization Modal Dispersion Test (PMD) – 100 percent of supplied cable
for Non-Zero Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) Fiber and 20 percent of
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
14
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
supplied Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted (ITU-T-652.D) Fiber
randomly chosen by Third Party Inspector.
DESCRIPTION
5)
The following information shall be included on each Test Results/Data sheet
pertaining to the test witnessed by of data sheets reviewed by the
Independent (Third Party) Inspection Agency Inspector:
a)
b)
d)
e)
1
2
3
NO.
c)
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
6)
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
Upon successful completion of all tests, the original and three (3) copies of
the formal Inspection report/certificate containing the following documents
as attachments, (with the attachments indicated as “Annexure to Inspection
certificate/report No.”) shall be sent directly to the COMPANY for review:
a)
MAL
b)
c)
d)
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
FSM
Name and signature of the manufacturer’s QA/QC person.
Name and Official Stamp of the Independent (Third Party) Inspection
Agency Inspector.
Name and signature of the Inspector along with the following
information.
Date of witnessing/reviewing of the routine Tests/tests Data Sheets.
For tests witnessed by the Independent (Third Party) Inspector, the
words “Witnessed by (Name of Inspector)” for each test witnessed. For
Tests Results/Data reviewed by the Independent (Third Party)
Inspector, the words “Reviewed by (Name of Inspector)” for each tests
result reviewed.
Fiber and Cable Manufacturer’s Test Data Sheets reviewed by the IIA
Inspector.
Results of Attenuation tests witnessed by the IIA Inspector.
Results of the fiber chromatic Dispersion test witnessed by the IIA
Inspector.
OTDR traces of attenuation and fiber Point defect witnessed by the IIA
Inspector.
7)
References should be made in the Inspection Certificate/report of the tests
witnessed and Test Data Sheets reviewed as part of the inspection
activities.
8)
All documents attached with the report shall bear the IIA Inspection
certificate/Report No. with which these are attached.
9)
A copy of the report and all attachments shall be sent to the
CONTRACTOR, which shall be retained by the CONTRACTOR throughout
the warranty period.
10) The manufacturer shall export pack all the cables for shipment after the Test
Report is reviewed and accepted by the COMPANY.
B. Field Test of Fiber Optic Cables:
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
CONTRACTOR shall perform the optical fiber tests using 1310/1550/(and 1383 nm for G.652.D
and 1625nm for G.655) Optical Fiber Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR) Optical Light sources
and optical power meters as necessary, to measure and document the optical fiber attenuations
at 1310/1550/ (and 1383 nm for G.652.D and 1625nm for G.655) wavelengths. Each Optical
Fiber connection loss (e.g., pigtail to jumper cable) shall be less than 1.0dB per connection.
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
15
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
1.
Pre-Installation (Drum) Test
CONTRACTOR shall test the Communications Cables on the drums/Reels prior to
installation to confirm that the cable was not damaged during shipment. Attenuation and
Fiber Point’s Defects tests shall be performed at this stage by OTDR.
DESCRIPTION
2.
Post Installation Test
With each cable length in its final installed condition with all clamps and other accessories
attached, CONTRACTOR shall test the Communications Cable for Attenuation and Fiber
Point’s Defects tests at this stage by OTDR.
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
Witnessing Fiber Optics Splicing
COMPANY Representative shall witness all Fiber Optic splicing activity performed by the
CONTRACTOR. In cases where COMPANY Representative cannot directly witness the
Fiber Optic cable splicing activity, COMPANY at its option will require CONTRACTOR to
provide a “Videotaped” record (from the Video output of the CONTRACTOR splicing
machine recorded on VHS Videotape) for later review and decision by the COMPANY
communication personnel for each videotaped splicing record. CONTRACTOR shall
provide a viewing guide, which contains an accurate representation at splices contained on
the Videotape.
1
2
3
NO.
3.
4.
End-to-End Test
After completion of all Communications Cable splicing and mounting of all joint housings
and termination in their final positions, End-to-End (continuity) Test shall be done by
CONTRACTOR. Attenuation and fiber points defects tests shall be performed at this stage
by OTDR (form both ends of the cable) as well as End-to-End loss characteristics verified
by Optical Light Source and Power Meter at 1310/1550/(and 1383 nm for G.652.D and
1625nm for G.655) wavelengths. Polarization Modal Dispersion (PMD) Test and Chromatic
Dispersion (CD) Test of the completed/installed fiber optic cables (both Non-Zero
Dispersion Shifted (ITU-T G.655) and Low Water Peak Dispersion Unshifted Single Mode
Fiber (ITU-T-652.D)) shall be performed by the Contractor.
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
5.
The commissioning and site testing shall be done in strict compliance with the COMPANY
WORK schedules as much as possible. If any of the three (3) stages the test results for
any fiber that do not comply with the COMPANY requirements or the approved factory field
test results, then the CONTRACTOR shall replace the relevant drum section of the cable at
no additional cost to the COMPANY and without impact on the overall project schedule.
CERTIFIED
C. Preparation for Acceptance Test and Inspection
BY:
FSM
CONTRACTOR shall complete all mechanical WORKS, pre-electrical/communication test and
pre-final documentation consisting of marked-up construction drawings, pre-commissioning test
results, and system and equipment manuals before inviting COMPANY representatives for
commissioning tests and inspection.
D. Scheduling Commissioning Tests and Inspection
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
1.
All testing and commissioning activities shall be coordinated with and witnessed by the
COMPANY representative.
2.
CONTRACTOR's invitation to the COMPANY to witness commissioning tests and
inspection shall be made fourteen (14) days in advance accompanied by:
a.
Marked-up Construction Drawings
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
16
OF
17
REV.
0
CERT.
0APP’D
National Grid SA
CHK’D
b.
c.
Pre-Commissioning Test Results
System/equipment Manuals
E. Test and Inspection Checklist
DESCRIPTION
CONTRACTOR shall obtain from the COMPANY a communication checklist of acceptance
tests and inspection covering documentation, mechanical, and inventory and tests requirements
for PROJECT acceptance. (For Fiber Optic Cable, the COMPANY's "Fiber Optic Cable
Acceptance Test and Inspection Checklist, FOC-TIC-001" form shall be used).
1
2
3
NO.
F.
REVISIONS
MAL
DRAWN BY:
DATE:
MAL
CHK’D BY:
APPROVED
TE&SA DEPT.
MAL
OPERATING DEPT.
CERTIFIED
BY:
Calibration of Test Equipment
All test equipment to be used in the acceptance tests shall be calibrated to standards traceable
to the National Bureau of Standards. Calibration certificates shall be submitted to the
COMPANY for review and acceptance.
G. Correction of Discrepancies
A re-inspection and re-test to be witnessed by the COMPANY representative is required to clear
the CONTRACTOR of any discrepancy found during the commissioning test and inspection. A
re-test and re-inspection of related parameters shall also be conducted to ensure that these are
not affected by aforementioned discrepancy.
H. Order of Acceptance Test and Inspection Related Activities
Various stages of acceptance test and inspection shall be performed according to the following
order:
1.
Scheduling of test and inspection by the CONTRACTOR, the date to be agreed upon by
both COMPANY and CONTRACTOR and submission by the CONTRACTOR and
approval by the COMPANY of documents mentioned above.
2.
Validation of marked-up construction drawing (done throughout the test and inspection
process).
3.
Inventory and mechanical inspection of installed equipment.
4.
Verification of validity of test equipment to be used in the test.
5.
Performance and/or functional tests after stage 4 is complied with and any service
affecting discrepancy found in stage 3 above is corrected. Unavailability of documents
essential in the safe energization, operation and trouble shooting of the installation is
considered service-affecting discrepancy.
6.
Signing of Technical Completion of the Project after all stated stages are complied with
and accepted.
7.
Trial period of one (1) month after clearing all outstanding discrepancies and acceptance
of the final test results.
8.
Signing of Preliminary Acceptance of the Project after successful completion of the trial
period.
FSM
*** END OF SECTION 4 ***
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
//CS-0966/REV.0/ 9032-Qassim PP
JOB ORDER NO.
CONSTRUCTION OF 380 KV CABLE LINE FROM GT AT
QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 ( 9032 )
380 KV SUBSTATION
PLANT NO.
C640
RIYADH
SAUDI ARABIA
INDEX
DRAWING NO.
PTS-12CC348
PAGE NO.
17
OF
17
REV.
0
LEGEND
U/G Fiber Optic Cable (Proposed)
OFMR/FSTP
OFMR/FSTP ( Proposed)
OFMR : Optical Fiber Management Rack
FSTP : Fiber Splice Termination Panel
Qassim Power Plant
S/S 9032
Approx. Route Length = 1 KM
OFMR/FSTP
NOTE: THIS DIAGRAM IS TENTATIVE, THE
FINAL DIAGRAM SHALL BE GENERATED
DURING DETAILED DESIGN
OFMR/FSTP
Approx. Route Length = 1 KM
Approx. Route Length = 1 KM
National Grid
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺀ‬
FIBER OPTIC SYS. LAYOUT
FOR S/S 9030 – Hail PP
CS 0966/R 0
CS-0966/Rev.0
Drawn: ML
Fiber Optic System Overview (Required)
Check.:
Approve.: FSK
Date: Oct. 2012
Sheet # 1 of 1
Rev. 0
Diagram # SC/P/A4/OLS/ 9032 – Qassim PP
OFMR/FDM LAYOUT
Cable trunking for
Pigtails/fiber jumpers, 48x13
pigtails/fiber jumpers
Vertical cable-guide
(runway) for Patch Cords,
48x13 patch cords
Management Spools
(48x13 patch cords)
11
9
7
5
3
1
0
2
4
6
8
10
12
Horizontal through
(48x13 patch cords)
Sub-trunking for
fiber jumpers
coming from
equip. (3-pipes)
Cable glands
“30”
APPENDIX - VII
PROTECTION SYSTEM
REQUIREMENTS
(BY OTHER CONTRACTOR)
APPENDIX- VIII
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK,MATERIALS AND
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
FOR
APPROVED
BA
CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV CABLE LINE
FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT TO GIS
AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
CERTIFIED
BY
FINAL
: M. SAFAR
DATE
PTS-12CC348
(ATTACHMENT TO SCHEDULE "B” OF CONTRACT NO. #####/00)
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
1
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
DESCRIPTION
SECTION
I
CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORKS
1.01
1.02
1.03
DESIGN CRITERIA
2.01
2.02
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
3
3
5
1
2
3
NO.
II
GENERAL
SCOPE OF WORK
STANDARDS, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
KZ
GENERAL CONDITIONS
PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND
DRAWINGS
6
6
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
III
THM
3.01
3.02
3.03
3.04
3.05
3.06
3.07
3.08
3.09
3.10
3.11
APPROVED
BA
IV
CERTIFIED
BY
MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
DATE
7
7
10
11
13
13
15
16
16
16
16
INSTALLATIN REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES
4.01
4.02
4.03
4.04
4.05
: M. SAFAR
GENERAL
CONCRETE
CONCRET ENCASED DUCT BANKS AND HAND HOLES
ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
REINFORCING STEEL
WATER PROOFING MEMBRANE
BACK FILL MATERIALS
LINK BOX PITS/BARRICADES
LINK BOX PITS
LINK BOX FOUNDATIONS
DUCT SEALING UNITS
4.06
4.07
GENERAL
CABLE TUNNEL REQUIREMENTS
CABLE DUCTBANKS
THRUST BORING
REINSTATEMENT OF PAVEMENT SUB-BASE AND
BASE COURSE
ASPHALT REINSTATEMENT
OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
17
17
18
19
19
19
21
Attachment:
1. Drawing Number TA-800062 - Typical Ductbank Sections Concrete
Ductbank110kV to 380Kv
2. Drawing Number TA-800063 - Highway Under Crossing for 110kV to 380kV U/G
Power Cables by Thrust Boring
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
2
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
SECTION I – CIVIL AND STRUCTURAL WORK
1.01 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
This PROJECT will provide 380kV Cable line from GT at Qassim Power Plant to
GIS at Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation, along with Fiber Optic Cables with
necessary Cable tunnels, duct banks, hand holes as applicable for Control Cables,
Fiber Optic Cables as well as for Non-metallic Fiber Optic Cable Works.
This PROJECT shall be carried out on Lump Sum Turnkey basis. The
CONTRACTOR shall provide the design, manufacture/procure, supply and deliver
all equipment and materials, construction, commissioning, SITE testing and provide
other related services for the completion of this PROJECT in accordance with the
requirements of this Scope of WORK and Technical Specifications.
1
2
3
NO.
1.02 SCOPE OF WORK
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
On Lump Sum Turnkey basis the CONTRACTOR shall provide and construct the
following items:
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
1.
Soil investigation and analysis shall be performed (If required) as per
requirements mentioned in Appendix XVI. Contractor should obtain a
clarification in this regard during pre-bid stage.
2.
Route survey of the proposed 380kV Cable Line indicating all the details of the
PROJECT and all the existing systems/facilities that shall be affected along the
route.
3.
Complete survey and investigation for the whole route of the proposed Cable
Line (380kV Cable line from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at Qassim-4
(9032) 380 kV Substation). All existing utilities found including SEC-COA
380kV, 132kV or 13.8kV Cables shall be surveyed with complete details and
reflected in the Design/Construction drawings.
4.
Construction of cable tunnels from GT at Qassim Power Plant to GIS at
Qassim-4 (9032) 380 kV Substation as shown in conceptual drawing # CT906045 and requirements mentioned hereunder:
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
A. Contractor shall design and construct cable tunnels as shown in the
drawing.
B. CONTRACTOR shall determine the exact layout of the cable tunnels and
shall size them adequately, taking into consideration the following aspects:
cable ampacity, space for maintenance and operations, all future piping to
be installed and all the cables installation in this PROJECT.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
C. Cable tunnels adjacent to the buildings shall meet all the requirements of
TES-P-119.19. Emergency exits shall be per TES-P-119.19. Cable tunnel
waterproofing shall be per TES-P-119.19. A minimum of two (2) emergency
exits from the cable tunnels shall be provided. Fire rated doors and
reinforced concrete staircases with pipe railings shall be provided at the
emergency exits to allow exit from the cable tunnel or entrance to cable
tunnel from the substation yard.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
3
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
The floor slab of the cable tunnel shall be sloped towards the drainage
sump pit at 0.5% slope with the use of cement screed. A minimum of two
(2) sump pits shall be provided. The size of the sump pits shall be
600x600x400mm.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
5.
Contractor shall provided duct banks and handholes/trenches for laying all
Fiber Optic Cables/Multicore Cables/LV Cables as required for Protection,
Communication, SCADA, SOE, DSM, SAS etc., in between GT (Generation
Transformers), Transmission room in Power Plant and Substation 9032 Control
Room, as per respective appendices.
6.
Design and construction of reinforced concrete underground pits with suitable
manholes and foundations for link boxes.
7.
Material testing and documentation of the results.
8.
Reinstatement of affected existing facilities such as asphalt, curbs, medians,
plants, landscape, etc., shall be reinstated to the satisfaction of COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE and agencies/authorities involved.
9.
Excavation and, if necessary, dewatering, shuttering of the cable tunnels as
well as the preparation of the cable ducts and supporting structures for the
installation of the cables.
10.
Provide access by providing suitable bridges for pedestrians and vehicular
traffic during excavation in built-up areas. The COMPANY shall not be
responsible for any result of accidents due to construction of this access.
11.
All traffic diversions shall be made and maintained for the safe completion of
the PROJECT, including all necessary barricades, warning lights and traffic
signs as governed by the Traffic Police, when road cutting is warranted.
12.
Procurement, inspection and testing of equipment/materials.
13.
Transportation and delivery of equipment/materials to and within Saudi Arabia
and WORK SITES.
14.
Preparation of WORK SITES, construction and installation of equipment,
materials and allied facilities.
15.
Provide construction camp facilities for the workforce, with storage yard or
warehouse for construction materials and equipment. The CONTRACTOR shall
be responsible for all equipment and materials under his custody.
16.
Inspection, checking out (including phasing out), commissioning and SITE
testing of all constructed and installed equipment, and their allied facilities.
17.
The whole width of the roads of the specified cable route shall be thoroughly
investigated and surveyed. All utilities found shall be reflected in the design
drawings.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
D. Cable tunnels shall be properly ventilated.
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
4
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
18.
All dismantled materials/equipment, if any, shall be turned over to the
COMPANY designated warehouse.
DESCRIPTION
Note: The Bidder/CONTRACTOR shall visit/survey the Cable routes and make
himself aware of the details of the PROJECT and all the existing
systems/facilities along the routes.
All WORK equipment and materials covered by this document shall conform to the
latest edition of the COMPANY'S Material Standard Specifications supplemented
with latest applicable Standards, Codes and Specifications. The latest edition of
each Standard and Specifications shall mean the latest edition specified hereunder.
1
2
3
NO.
1.03 STANDARD, CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
The CONTRACTOR may propose "equivalent" Standards and Specifications if such
Standards and Specifications are in fact equal or better than those specified herein,
and shall be subject to prior approval of the COMPANY.
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
The CONTRACTOR shall strictly comply with the following Standards, Codes and
Specifications, and no deviation shall be accepted unless otherwise supported by a
written waiver from the COMPANY.
THM
APPROVED
Refer to Clause 3.06 of the main PTS for all applicable Standards, Codes and
Specifications.
BA
*** END OF SECTION I ***
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
5
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
SECTION II – DESIGN CRITERIA
2.01 GENERAL CONDITIONS
DESCRIPTION
Design the cable tunnels/ductbanks in accordance with ACI 318M-08 using
AASHTO HS 20 truck load.
2.02 PROJECT DESIGN DOCUMENTS, CALCULATIONS AND DRAWINGS
1
2
3
NO.
The CONTRACTOR shall submit all design documents, calculations, studies and
drawings at various stages of the PROJECT as per Table 3.01 of the main PTS for
all civil related items.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
**** END OF SECTION II ****
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
6
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
SECTION III – MATERIALS SPECIFICATIONS
3.01 GENERAL
DESCRIPTION
This section provides the technical specifications of the following major equipments
and materials:
The technical specifications of materials are provided hereunder.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
3.02 CONCRETE
A.
All concrete shall conform to COMPANY Materials Standard Specification
70-TMSS-03, Rev.0.
B.
Concrete exposure shall be based on the results of the soil investigation analysis.
C.
A minimum 100mm thick lean concrete shall be provided under the bottom part of
every reinforced concrete member in contact with the soil.
D.
Provide two (2) layers of 150 microns polyethylene film as protection to bottom
surfaces of concrete. Polyethylene membranes shall be laid, lapped and sealed in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions and as approved by COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE. The polyethylene film shall be at the interface of the foundation
concrete and lean concrete.
E.
All concrete directly in contact with the ground shall be applied with the following
protective coating:
THM
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
Concrete
Asphalt Concrete Pavement
Reinforcing Steel
Backfill Materials
Link box pits/barricades
Link box foundations
1
2
3
NO.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1.
: M. SAFAR
Surfaces below Grade
a)
Below grade surfaces of concrete shall be coated with two (2) coats of
coal tar epoxy after thirty-five (35) days of concrete placement. The
second coat shall be applied not less than one (1) day after the first
coat application. The total dry film thickness shall not be less than
0.60mm (minimum).
b)
The concrete shall be clean and dry at the time of coating application.
Other requirements of surface preparation, as recommended by the
manufacturer, shall be followed.
DATE
2.
Surfaces above Grade
a)
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
After a minimum of thirty-five (35) days of concrete placement, all
exposed foundation concrete surfaces (above grade) shall be coated
with an elastomeric waterproofing material (the material shall be
elastomeric polyurethane, aluminum color). 300mm of the concrete
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
7
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
surface below grade shall also be coated with the same material after
curing of the coal tar epoxy coating. The minimum dry film thickness of
elastomeric coating shall be 1 mm.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
Concrete shall be clean and dry at the time of coating application.
c)
Manufacturer's recommendations shall be strictly followed regarding
the surface preparation and coating application.
Concrete Formwork
Formwork shall be designed and constructed in accordance with ACI-347. All forms
shall be substantially and sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar, and properly
braced or tied together to maintain position and shape that produces result in a final
structure conforming to size, shape and dimensions of the member as required or
shown on the drawings. Form surfaces shall be clean, smooth and sufficiently hard
to produce smooth, hard and uniform texture on the concrete.
1
2
3
NO.
F.
b)
G. Ties and Anchors
CHK’D BY:
THM
All ties, braces, anchors and other miscellaneous metal or plastic accessories shall
be securely and properly placed and tied, so that they will not be dislodged during
the pouring operation and will be embedded at the depths and positions specified.
Gage of the wire shall be a minimum of no. 16 USG.
APPROVED
H.
Concrete Tests
BA
Tests on concrete, aggregates and mixing water shall be as per 70-TMSS-03, Rev.0.
All test results shall be submitted to the COMPANY for review and approval as the
tests are completed.
The results of these tests shall be systematically filed with descriptions of where the
batch was used. Copies of all test results shall be handed over to the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE for review and comments.
CERTIFIED
BY
All test reports and records should be systematically organized, clearly marked,
boxed, and when the construction WORK is completed, they should be turned over
to the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE for incorporation into the COMPANY'S
permanent records.
: M. SAFAR
DATE
In the event that concrete fails to meet strength requirements, in-place testing for
concrete strength shall be conducted by the CONTRACTOR while under supervision
of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE at no additional cost to the COMPANY.
In-place testing will be conducted by one (1) or a combination of the following
methods:
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
1.
ASTM C42, "Method of Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed
Means of Concrete"
2.
ASTM C803, "Test Penetrating Resistance on Hardened Concrete"
3.
ASTM C805, "Rebound Number of Hardened Concrete"
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
8
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
CHK’
Concrete in the area represented by in-place test shall be considered structurally
adequate provided such results conform to the provisions of ACI 318M-08.
DESCRIPTION
The COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE reserves the right to require additional
cylinders be taken whenever there is just cause, such as a change in batching
procedures, a change in concrete materials, breaking of batching, delay in transport
or placement, code violation and the like at no additional cost to the COMPANY.
Concrete subject to severe exposure condition shall be tested for chloride
permeability test.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
Curinq
All concrete shall be cured with concrete mix quality water (potable) in accordance
with recommendations of ACI 305 and ACI 308 and as specified below:
1
2
3
NO.
I.
KZ
1.
Pond Curing:
Ponding shall comprise of at least 40mm deep potable water covering the
entire surface of the concrete. The water shall be replenished when less
than 50mm deep to assure that 40mm minimum depth required is retained.
2.
Wet Burlap Curing:
Wet burlap curing shall comprise at least two (2) layers of constantly damped
burlap laid tight against the pre-soaked concrete surface. The burlap shall be
kept uniformly damp so that lighter patches or drier burlap are not evident by a
clock valve controlled soil soaker hose supplied with water at adequate
pressure.
3.
Membrane Curing:
Membrane curing shall not be applied to concrete mixes containing pozzolan.
Whenever used, membrane curing shall be preceded by saturation of concrete
with sprayed water. This water shall be sealed against the concrete by
application of a white (reflective) curing membrane in strict accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations.
4.
All concrete shall be cured for at least seven (7) days except as specified
below:
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
: M. SAFAR
Unreinforced Massive Concrete
Concrete Blended with Pozzolan
DATE
5.
JOB ORDER NO.
14 days
21 days
Water for curing shall meet the following requirements:
Total Dissolved Solids
CI + SO4 Chlorides and Sulfates
pH Value
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
:
:
:
:
:
500 PPM (maximum)
300 PPM (Maximum)
7.0 (minimum); 8.5 (maximum)
J.
Minimum concrete cover over all reinforcements at and below ground level shall be
85 mm. All other concrete cover requirements shall be as per ACI 318M-08, "Building
Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete and Commentary."
K.
The CONTRACTOR shall not place any concrete until the excavations and/or forms
and embedded items are inspected by the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
9
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
This inspection will not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility of keeping
the holes in acceptable condition until placement of concrete is completed nor for the
accurate placement of embedded items. The placing of concrete shall be
accomplished in such a manner as to prevent segregation of the aggregates.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
A.
CONTRACTOR shall construct concrete encased ductbanks in accordance with
COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062. Spare circuit conduits shall always be
provided as required. All cable duct installations shall follow the requirements of the
COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-104.03. Construction of concrete encased
conduits for communication shall be in accordance with Detail 1 of the COMPANY
Standard Drawing TB-800079.
B.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide/construct ductbanks system with PVC pipes,
flexible sub ducts, and handholes to route the underground optical fiber cable up to
the interface points.
C.
The CONTRACTOR shall design and install all necessary ductbanks for Non-Metallic
Underground Fiber Optic Cables for the entire cable route. The exact routing of the
ductbank shall be proposed by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the COMPANY
during the base design phase of the project.
D.
Communication ductbanks shall consist of a minimum of 2 x 100 mm dia. PVC
conduits. All COMPANY Construction Standards with respect to Civil Works shall be
followed. One of the communication conduits shall be provided with four (4) 32 mm
dia. rigid PVC sub ducts. The other conduit shall remain vacant. All unused conduits
and sub ducts shall be provided with different colored pull ropes and end plugs.
E.
All structural design calculations shall be submitted together with all drawings to the
COMPANY for review and comments.
F.
Excavation and Backfilling shall conform to the COMPANY Construction
Specification for Eearthworks, TCS-Q-113.02. No backfilling shall be performed
before the structure has been inspected and approved by the COMPANY
representative.
1
2
3
NO.
3.03 CONCRETE ENCASED DUCTBANKS AND HANDHOLES
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
G. All forms shall be unyielding and tight jointed to produce hardened concrete of high
quality. Formwork shall conform to ACI-374.
H.
All conduits installed shall be tested by mandrel of appropriate size, in the presence
of COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE and the ends sealed.
I.
For Communication ductbank configuration, requirements and details refer to
COMPANY Drawing Nos. TB-800079, SB-036367 and TB-800090.
J.
The CONTRACTOR shall design the manhole/handhole of sufficient strength for the
duty they will be subjected to (i.e. equipment, vehicle, and water and earth pressure).
Manholes/handholes shall continuously be free of water and provided with pulling
eyes, sump, ladder rungs and all other necessary items. Other Waterproofing
requirements of the handholes shall be in accordance with Company Standard
Drawing No. TA-800098.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
10
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
K.
Communication handholes shall be provided at every change of direction along the
proposed route, crossing, start and end of ductbanks and at every 300 meters of
continuous run.
L.
For the design of the Fiber Optic Communication cable handhole details, refer to
COMPANY Drawing TB-800076, for non-traffic areas and Drawing No. TB-800077,
for traffic areas.
M. Each fiber optic cable handhole shall be marked with a stainless steel marker plate,
with the following information:
1
2
3
NO.
SEC-COA FIBER OPTIC TELECOMMUNICATION SYSTEM
CONTRACT NO.
:
HANDHOLE NO.
:
JOINT BOX NO.
:
LINK DESTINATION
:
CABLE TYPE/No of cores:
CABLE Manufacturer :
INSTALLATION YEAR :
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
APPROVED
Marker plate details shall be as per COMPANY standard Drawing No. TB-800076.
The size/dimensions of the marker plates to be installed on the handhole collars
shall be 75mm (W) x 150 mm (L).
BA
N.
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
Handholes shall be provided with necessary clamps and fixing hardware to enable
coiling the extra length of fiber optic cable for future use. Refer to COMPANY
Standard Drawing No. TA-800098.
O. The sides and base slab of each handhole shall be provided with two (2) layers of
waterproofing membrane (each minimum of 4mm thick). The membrane applied to
vertical surface shall be protected with a 15 mm thick protection board and horizontal
surface with 50 mm thick concrete screed & two (2) layers of 150 micron
polyethylene sheet. Interior surfaces of the handholes shall be coated with two (2)
coats of elastomeric cementitious impermeable membrane with the approval of
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
3.04 ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVEMENT
A.
Tack Coat
The tack coat shall be of rapid curing type cutback asphalt consisting of asphaltic
base fluxed with suitable petroleum distillates. The product shall be free from water,
show no separation prior to use, shall not foam when heated to application
temperature and shall conform to the requirements of Grade RC-800 of ASTM
D2028.
B.
Bituminous Pavinq Mixture
1.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
Asphalt shall be petroleum asphalt cement, penetration grade 60-70,
conforming to the requirements of ASTM D946.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
11
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
2.
Mineral aggregates shall consist of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and filler
material all complying with the following requirements:
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
b.
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
The combined mineral aggregates for asphalt concrete binder course
and asphalt concrete wearing course shall consist of crushed rock or
crushed gravel. It shall be clean, hard, tough, durable and sound and
shall be of uniform quality, free fromo98 soft and friable materials and
shall conform to the following physical requirements:
Sand Equivalent
(ASTM D2419)
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
When tested according to ASTM C117 and ASTM C136, the combined
mineral aggregates shall conform to the gradation of COMPANY
Construction Standards TCS-Q-113.01.
The grading limits specified on Table 7 are based on materials of
uniform specific gravity and shall be adjusted by asphalt concrete
manufacturer to compensate for any variations in specific gravity of the
individual sizes. The grading may be varied on the basis of marshal
tests to obtain optimum stability and life of the bituminous paving
mixture.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
a.
: M. SAFAR
:
45 minimum
Plasticity Index
(ASTM D4318)
Binder Course
Wearing Course
:
:
6 maximum
3 maximum
Loss by Abrasion %
(ASTM C131)
Binder Course
Wearing Course
:
:
50% maximum
40% maximum
Loss by Sodium Sulfate Soundness Test
(ASTM C88)
Course Aggregate
:
Fine Aggregate
:
12% maximum
15% maximum
Loss by Magnesium Sulfate Soundness
(ASTM C88)
Course Aggregate
:
Fine Aggregate
:
18% maximum
20% maximum
Thin and Elongated pieces, by weight
(larger than 25 mm, thickness less than
1/5 length) per CRD-C119
:
5% maximum
DATE
C.
Asphalt Concrete Mix Design
1.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
The asphalt concrete mix design shall be submitted for review and approval
by COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE at least thirty (30) days prior to start
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
12
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
production of plant mix. The design shall be according to COMPANY Standard
TCS-Q-113.01.
3.05 REINFORCING STEEL
DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all reinforcing steel required for civil
WORK. Reinforcing steel shall be deformed steel bars conforming to SASO
SSA- 2/79 with minimum yield stress of 420 MPa. Deformations shall conform to
ASTM A615M.
3.06 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE
1
2
3
NO.
A. General
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
1.
Waterproofing membrane shall be a purpose design and have proven
application in the Kingdom considering thermal expansion and contraction.
2.
CONTRACTOR shall submit samples and brochures of the product for
COMPANY review and acceptance.
3.
Waterproofing membrane shall be installed by the membrane manufacturer, or
on his behalf, by a professional waterproofing CONTRACTOR approved by the
manufacturer, acceptable to the COMPANY.
4.
CONTRACTOR shall submit the installation procedure for COMPANY review
and approval.
5.
The waterproofing material and the installation of the membrane shall be
guaranteed for a minimum period of ten (10) years.
THM
APPROVED
BA
B. Modified Bituminous Waterproofing Membrane
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
1.
This type of membrane shall be used especially for underground structures
such as cable tunnels/cable entry rooms, electrical manholes, communication
handholes, and septic tanks as well as for roofs.
2.
Membrane shall be bitumen modified with Attactic Polypropylene (APP). The
membrane shall be reinforced with isotropic spun bounded, non-woven
polyester mat 4mm thick. Membrane shall have the following specifications:
Properties
Typical Values
Thickness
Minimum 4mm
Reinforcement: Non-woven polyester
200 gm/m²
Ultimate Tensile Strength, N/5cm @ 25°C
Standards
ASTM D5147
Longitudinal
950
Transverse
800
Ultimate elongation, % @ 25°C
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
Longitudinal
45
Transverse
50
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
13
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
DESCRIPTION
CHK’
Tear Resistance, N
Longitudinal
600
Transverse
400
Softening Point, °C
155
ASTM D36
Low temperature flexibility, °C
-6 to -10
ASTM D5147
Water Absorption, % Wt @ 23°C 24 hours
Less than 1
ASTM D5147
&
UV No change greater ASTM G53
than 20% of the
original values
Puncture Resistance, N
1
2
3
NO.
Resistance
to
aging
Weather-O-meter 2000 hours
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
ASTM D5147
KZ
1155
ASTM E154
Water Vapor Transmission, g/m²/24 hours, Less than 0.5
RH 90% at 38°C
ASTM E96
Resistance to Leakage at Joints
Pass
UAEtc
Penetration, @ 25°C, dmm
20
ASTM D5
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
Dimensional Stability %
APPROVED
ASTM D5147
Longitudinal
+ 0.5
Transverse
- 0.5
Load Strain product @ 25°C
BA
Longitudinal
42,750
Transverse
40,000
Lap joint strength, N/5cm (Longitudinal and Same as
Transverse)
membrane
Installation Procedure: A layer of bituminous primer is cold applied on the cleaned
screed using a plaster roller with organic, solvent resistant wool.
CERTIFIED
BY
The rolls of membranes are laid one by one on the dried primer and properly aligned to
cover the entire surface. Each membrane is re-rolled and unrolled systematically for
torching by means of a propane gas torch.
: M. SAFAR
Overlapping seams of adjacent rolls of membranes shall be torched and pressed
tightly.
DATE
Control joints shall be provided at locations determined based on the geometry
configuration and drainage characteristics of the roof.
The waterproofing membrane shall pass over the parapet and be fixed under the
aluminum flashing.
Between the levels, the protection of waterproofing vertical edges is provided by a
metal section (aluminum flashing) used as water drip. The metal section is nailed to
the vertical wall and its upper part is sealed using suitable elastic sealer. The
waterproofing membrane shall be raised on the walls to the same level of the
surrounding parapet.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
14
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
C.
Bituminous Roofing Primer
DESCRIPTION
Roofing primer shall be formulated from highly pliable, flexible bitumen, select
petroleum solvents and compounded with wetting and saturation additives. It shall
comply with ASTM D41 with the following specifications:
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
Typical Values
Standards
Density at 25°C, kg/liter
0.86 to 0.89
ASTM D70
Viscosity at 25°C, cps
70 - 150
ASTM D88
Drying time to touch at 25°C
3 hours
Drying time, through at 25°C
24 hours
Non-volatile, % weight
45 (minimum)
ASTM D402
Volatile, % weight
55 (maximum)
ASTM D402
Water content
Zero
ASTM D55
Shelf life
2 years
1
2
3
NO.
Properties
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
Penetration at 25°C of asphalt from 20 - 50
distillation up to 360°C, dmm
APPROVED
ASTM D55
It shall have the following outstanding features:
BA
D.
1.
Optimum penetration of primer into the surface pores, pinholes and cracks.
2.
The primer shall allow for better saturation, dust absorption and adhesion.
Primer shall prepare the surface for a permanent and durable bond between
the substrate and the membrane.
Water flood tests
CERTIFIED
BY
For cable tunnels, manholes, handholes, trenches, all de-watering operations shall
be stopped completely after the installation of waterproofing membrane. If any
leakage is found inside the cable tunnel or under the roof slab, the CONTRACTOR
shall take all the remedial measures acceptable to the COMPANY.
: M. SAFAR
DATE
3.07 BACKFILL MATERIALS
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
A.
All earthwork and asphalt materials and all other necessary materials within the
COMPANY facilities shall conform to the requirements specified in the COMPANY
Construction Specifications for Earthwork TCS-Q-113.02 and Specification for
Asphalt Concrete Paving TCS-Q-113.01.
B.
All backfill materials shall be furnished from a source accepted by the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE. Acceptance of a backfill source shall not mean automatic
acceptance of all material obtained from the source, and the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE may withdraw approval of the source at any time that materials
produced by the source are not suitable for backfill. If suitable, excavated material
can also be used for backfill subject to the approval of the COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
15
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
3.08 LINK BOX PITS/BARRICADES
Protective crash barriers shall be installed per Drawing No. TA-800133.
DESCRIPTION
A heavy duty galvanized chain link shall be provided between the barriers, provision
shall be made at the barrier to secure the chain link properly.
3.09 LINK BOX PITS
The walls of pits shall project 100mm clear of the surrounding ground level. The pit
lid and frame shall be made of cast iron and shall have watertight "machine-fit"
interface surfaces and the lid shall have the word ELECTRICITY embossed on it.
1
2
3
NO.
The pits shall have 150mm thick reinforced concrete walls. Contractor to determine
the size of the pits to enable at least two persons to enter and do maintenance work
inside.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
The pits and covers shall be capable of bearing a loading of 10 tons. A set of lifting
keys shall be supplied with each link box pit cover.
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
The pits shall be sealed to prevent ingress of water. The Contractor's proposal to
prevent ingress of water shall be clearly indicated in the designs submitted. Any
sealing method proposed should take account of the Company's requirement to
open the pit for maintenance testing purposes and also the life of the seal proposed.
APPROVED
3.10 LINK BOX FOUNDATIONS
BA
Concrete foundations shall be provided to support the link box. Top of concrete
foundations shall be of the same elevation, with the top of concrete at 150mm
(minimum) to 450mm (maximum).
Design criteria for the design of foundations shall be in accordance with TES-P119.18 and TES-P-119.19.
CERTIFIED
3.11 DUCT SEALING UNITS
BY
: M. SAFAR
The duct sealing units to be provided shall be conforming to the COMPANY Material
Standard Specification 23-TMSS-02, Rev.0.
DATE
**** END OF SECTION III ****
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
16
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
SECTION IV – INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS AND GUIDELINES
A.
The subsequent sections will present the requirements and practices, which shall be
the basis for the installation of 380kV underground cables and fiber optic cables for
the system of SEC-COA.
B.
The installation practices that will be presented are consistent with the current
industry standards with special consideration being given to the working environment
found in Saudi Arabia.
C.
The CONTRACTOR must strictly adhere to the requirements of COMPANY
Engineering Standard TES-P-104, Construction Standard and TCS-P-104 as
applicable, attached Conceptual Design Drawings, and the Practices and Procedures
mentioned in the subsequent sections.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
4.01 GENERAL
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
4.02 CABLE TUNNEL REQUIREMENTS
A.
The 380kV underground cable circuits shall be using cable tunnel and in concrete
encased ductbanks. The physical requirement of the cable tunnel and concrete
encased ductbanks shall be in accordance with the COMPANY'S Engineering
Standard TES-P-104.05, TCS-P-104.06 and TA-800062, respectively. The
COMPANY Construction Standard TCS-P-104.03 for the construction of cable tunnel
shall be followed.
APPROVED
BA
B.
Safety
The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions to ensure the safety of
personnel working in the tunnel and the general public. In addition, the
CONTRACTOR shall adhere to the following guidelines:
CERTIFIED
BY
General Requirements
1.
The CONTRACTOR is responsible for conforming to the rules and regulations
pertaining to safety established by the ministries, municipalities, traffic and
COMPANY Loss Prevention Division.
2.
Should there be closing/re-routing of traffic; the CONTRACTOR will properly
coordinate with the concerned authorities. When required, the CONTRACTOR
should be more than willing to assign someone to direct the traffic or act as
flagman.
3.
The CONTRACTOR shall provide cable tunnel signboards on every tunnel
/road crossing and 200 meters on straight run, the signboards shall be in
accordance with SB-036883.
: M. SAFAR
DATE
C.
Other Underground Utilities
Prior to excavation, the CONTRACTOR shall gather all necessary information
regarding other existing underground services such as oil, gas, water, telephone,
sewage, other electric cables (Power & distribution cables), building structures and
shall use all precautions in excavating to avoid any damage to any underground
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
17
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
APP’
CHK’
utilities. The CONTRACTOR shall be fully liable for any damage caused to any
service during cable installation by his personnel. Other utilities found during
underground utilities survey shall be plotted in the construction drawing "As-Built"
drawing.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
E.
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
Tunnel Excavation in Hiqh Water Table Areas
In areas where high water table causes the tunnel excavation to become flooded, the
excavation shall be cleared by either pumping or installation of a well point system
depending upon the actual SITE conditions. Tunnel excavation subject to high water
table must be shored to minimize tunnel-wall sloughing. The water removed from the
tunnel shall be disposed of in a proper manner either by pumping to a storm water
system or water tank trucks. If water is to be pumped into municipal sewage/storm
water system, prior approvals must be obtained from the Municipal Sewage
Authority.
1
2
3
NO.
DESCRIPTION
D.
Maintenance of Cable Tunnel
The CONTRACTOR shall take precautions to maintain the condition of the tunnel
prior to the installation of the cables. Maintenance shall include prevention of
cave-ins or sloughing of the trench walls and dewatering of the trenches. Cable
tunnel and pit shall be continuously cleaned. No foreign matter shall be backfilled
with cables that may damage the cable in future.
THM
APPROVED
F.
BA
Other Tunnel Excavation Requirements
1.
The CONTRACTOR shall open only the width of tunnel as specified in the
CONTRACT. The COMPANY shall not reimburse the CONTRACTOR for
trenching or reinstatement in excess of the contractual widths or depths.
2.
Asphalt and other non-reusable debris, which are excavated from the tunnel
must be removed from the WORK SITE immediately and hauled to a
Municipality approved dumping area.
3.
Authorities may grant only a limited time for complete reinstatement of a trench
section.
4.
After completing the reinstatement WORK, the CONTRACTOR will be
required to submit an acceptance certificate to the COMPANY from the
concerned agencies; otherwise, such WORK will not be accepted by the
COMPANY.
5.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for reinstatement/restoration of any
disturbed or damaged facility, which is incidental to PROJECT performance.
CERTIFIED
BY
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
4.03 CABLE DUCTBANKS
A.
General Requirements
Design and construct concrete encased ductbanks at road crossings. Design and
construction of concrete encased ductbanks shall be in accordance to ACI 318M-08.
Ductbanks shall be designed using AASHTO HS 20 truck load. Concrete encased
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
18
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
ductbanks shall span the road where the 380kV underground cables and Fiber Optic
cable are to cross.
DESCRIPTION
All cable ducts installation shall follow the requirements of the COMPANY'S
Construction Standard TCS-P-I04.03
B.
Bell Ends
Bell ends shall be provided at the exit and at entrance of each duct. The bell end
shall be an extension of the plastic duct, therefore, bell end inserts, which have a
smaller internal diameter than the plastic duct, shall not be used.
Upon completion of a duct run, a test mandrel (6 mm less in diameter than the
nominal inside diameter of the duct) and wire brush cleaner (slightly larger than the
duct) shall be pulled through to each duct. The testing and cleaning of a concrete
encased ductbank should be done on the day after the concrete has been poured to
eliminate any concrete, which may have seeped into the ducts. A nylon pull line
should be installed in each duct line after cleaning and all ducts shall be immediately
sealed at both ends by using duct sealing units.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
Testing and Cleaninq
1
2
3
NO.
C.
THM
APPROVED
4.04 THRUST BORINGS
If thrust boring/directional drilling is required, comply with COMPANY Standard
TES-P-104.05, Clause 8.2.3. Refer to COMPANY Standard Drawing TA-800062, TA800063 and TA-800068 for Highway undercrossing for 110 kV to 380 kV power
cables by directional drilling.
BA
4.05 REINSTATEMENT OF PAVEMENT SUB-BASE AND BASE COURSE
A.
General Information
CERTIFIED
The reinstatement shall be in accordance with latest approved specifications and/or
the following paragraph as applicable.
BY
: M. SAFAR
The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY a list of test procedures and
schedule of testing. The CONTRACTOR shall engage the services of an
independent testing agency acceptable to the COMPANY, to conduct verification
tests of in-place density at an average interval of 400 meters along tunnel, if so
requested by the COMPANY. This testing will be conducted by the COMPANY
approved testing agency.
DATE
4.06 ASPHALT REINSTATEMENT
A.
General Paving Requirements for Hot Asphalt Mix
The CONTRACTOR shall provide hot asphalt mix and necessary primer. Cutting of
pavement shall be only by saw. Areas to be paved shall be substantially true to line
and grade, and have a firm surface without foreign materials. The paving mixture
shall be placed when the air temperature is below 50°F (10°C) and is falling. The
paving mixture shall be placed only when the humidity, general weather conditions
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
19
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
and temperature of the base, in the opinion of the COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE
are suitable. Paving mixture shall be delivered to the WORK location at a
temperature no less than 235°F (113°C) and never exceed 350°F (177°C).
DESCRIPTION
The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY a list of test procedures and the
schedule of testing. The CONTRACTOR shall engage the services of an
independent testing agency acceptable to the COMPANY. All asphalt material and
construction shall conform to the requirements of the COMPANY Standards.
B.
Placing of Mixture
1
2
3
NO.
The mixture shall be placed in the number of lifts and thickness indicated (approved
paving thickness by the COMPANY).
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
C.
The mixture shall be compacted immediately after placing. Each rolling operation
shall follow the preceding operation as closely as possible. In areas too small for a
roller, a vibrating plate compactor or hand tamper may be used to achieve thorough
compaction.
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
APPROVED
Compacting the Mixture
D.
Compaction and Testing Requirements
1.
BA
One (1) composite sample of asphalt mix shall be taken each production day
from the first truck load of mix delivered to the WORK SITE, for laboratory
testing. The sample shall be taken by the COMPANY designated agency and
tested in accordance with ASTM D1559 to determine the laboratory density
requirements (50 blow marshall), and the following:
a)
b)
c)
Gradation
Flow test with an accepted range in between 8 and 16
Stability, lb. (at 140°F, 60 °C) of 1000 lb. minimum for both layers
CERTIFIED
BY
2.
The asphalt pavement placed in the field shall be equal to or greater than 95%
of the laboratory Marshall Density determined for the material being used
(ASTM D1559).
3.
One (1) sample of the compacted asphalt pavement for each 100 linear
meters of road reinstated shall be tested per ASTM D1559.
4.
Additional requirements are needed to identify the type of asphalt mix (tested
in laboratory).
5.
To be able to evaluate the materials being used, the CONTRACTOR shall
conduct and submit the following tests, prior to use, to demonstrate
conformance of proposed backfill materials and mix designs:
: M. SAFAR
DATE
a)
b)
C)
d)
e)
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
Mechanical Analysis
Plasticity Index
Relative Density
Modified Compaction
Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content (Nuclear Method by using of
Gamma Rays)
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
20
OF
21
REV.
0
CERT.
‫اﻟﺸﺮآﺔ اﻟﺴﻌﻮدﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎء‬
APP’
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
CHK’
f)
DESCRIPTION
g)
h)
i)
j)
Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content taken samples done in the
laboratory
Marshall Stability
Asphalt Mix Design
Marshall Design Check
Field Curing for Field Compaction Check
4.07 OTHER INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A.
Responsibility During Installation
1
2
3
NO.
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all materials and component parts
during installation.
Failure of any cable and/or component during installation or testing shall cause the
faulty cable and/or component to be unacceptable until all test results are reviewed
and corrective action taken. To minimize failures at final testing, the CONTRACTOR
shall physically check and test the cable in segments during installation.
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY
KZ
DATE:
CHK’D BY:
THM
**** END OF SECTION IV ****
APPROVED
BA
CERTIFIED
BY
: M. SAFAR
DATE
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
JOB ORDER NO.
CIVIL SCOPE OF WORK, MATERIALS AND TECHNICAL
SPECIFICATIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION OF 380KV
CABLE LINE FROM GT AT QASSIM POWER PLANT
TO GIS AT QASSIM-4 (9032) 380KV SUBSTATION
QASSIM
SAUDI ARABIA
PLANT NO.
C640
INDEX
A
PTS NO
APPENDIX VIII
PTS 12CC348
PAGE NO
21
OF
21
REV.
0
APPENDIX - XIII
SPECIAL TOOLS & EQUIPMENT
(To provided by CONTRACTOR)
APPENDIX- XVI
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION
AND
MATERIAL TESTING
;-:
a:
'"
U
s:-4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~j~\
~y1j\
Q
~
"'
Q
'"
Ci
{~~
s:.L:t~ ~~~t
AS'~I
Saudi Electricity Company
z
0
i=
...
Q2
u
'"
'"
'"
(3
z
"'
APPENDIX - XVI
-
N
REVISIONS_,
""EI'AR~
DATE
CIIK'D.IY.
~
GEOTECHNICAL
~
INVESTIGATION
AI'.'.<OVEn
EHV-E&DD
ENC. SUI'I'ORT
-
-
/411/1
,-
DIV.
.~
AND
CSM
2012-n9-26
OI'[RATING DEI'ARTMENT
MATERIAL TESTING
CERT''''''
DATE.
nl2-n9-2<,
THIS nRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USEn
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTlFlEn ANn I)ATEn
(ATTACHMENTTO SERVICE ORDER NO.
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
-
1
)
2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO.
.JOB ORnER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
PAGENO.
1
XVII
OF
49
REV.
0
,..:
~
v
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
~y1j\
Q
t.,
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Q
~
u
SECTION
z
0
;::
Q.,
02
u
VJ
11
-
T ITL
PARAGRAPH
PAGE
E
SCOPE OF WORK
5
TECHNICAL
6
PROVISIONS
toO
Q
2.01
2.02
2.03
z
'"
~
-
.....
IMTE,
Mobilization and Demobilization
Schedule and Order of Work
Exploration/Drilling and Sampling Methods
6
6
6
A.
Overburden Drilling
1) Small Diameter Auger Drilling
2) Large Diameter Auger Drilling
3) Rotary Drilling
6
B.
Soil Sampling and Testing
1) Soil Classification Sampling
2) Standard Penetration Test (SPT)
3) "Undisturbed" Samples
C.
Sampling of Cemented Soil, Stiff Clay and Soft Rock
1) Drive Samples
2) Double Tube Barrel Samples
D.
Rock Drilling and Coring
1) Overburden Drilling and Stabilization
2) Rock Drilling
3) Core Drilling
10
E. Sample Containers
1) Soil Classification and SPT Samples
2) "Undisturbed" Samples
3) Rock Cores
13
F.
G.
H.
17
17
17
2012-09-2(,
CIIK'IJBY,
AI'PROVED
F.IIV.F.&DD
F.NC. Slll'PORT DIV.
atII
CSM
2012-09-26
OPERATING IJEPARTMENT
7
9
'b
IMTE,
2011-09-2(,
2.04
THIS BRA WING IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRlICTlON
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
2.05
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
Care and Delivery of Samples
Freighting
Supplementary Work
Exploration/Open Excavation and Sampling Methods
18
A.
B.
C.
18
20
20
Test Pits and Sampling
Test Trenches and Sampling
Testing
20
Exploration/Cone Penetration Test Methods
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
REV.
I
JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
DOCUMENT
NO.
I
PAGE NO.I
2
IAPPENDIX.XVII OF l 0
49
;-:
"'"
u
s:-4"'+s'u~J~\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~y1j\
Q
~
~
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Con't.)
Q
'"
:!:
U
SECTION
2,06
z
0
f:
"Q2
uif>
-
Exploration/Geophysical
'"
-
M
20
Methods
Refraction Seismic Test
1) Equipment
2) Procedures
3) Records
4) Analyses and Reports
21
B,
Cross-Hole Seismic Testing
1) Objective and Principle
2) Equipment
3) Procedures
4) Records
5) Analyses and Reports
22
2U12.o<).26
DATE'
CIIK'D
PAGE
E
A,
~
0
z
TITL
PARAGRAPH
BY,
API"WVED
C,
EBV.E&DD
ENG, SUppORT
23
Resistivity
,)IV.
2,07
ft)I/
CSM
2012.0<).26
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
Standards for In-Situ Field Testing and Instrumentation
23
A.
B,
C,
0,
Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content
Moisture Content Direct
Plate Bearing Tests
Full Scale Spread Footing Load Tests
Pile Load Tests
1) Compression Load Test
2) Tension Load Test
3) Lateral Load Test
4) Inclined Tension Load Test
23
24
24
24
24
F,
Ground Water Observations and Permeability Tests
1) Piezometer Installation and Observation
2) Permeability Testing
25
G,
Electrical Resistivity
Thermal Resistivity
Field Vane Shear Test
Pressure Meter Test
Percolation
Other Consideration
29
29
29
29
29
29
E,
I
DATE,
Electrical
"'''.''<).''
H,
I.
J,
K,
L,
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
2,08
2,09
30
31
Field Records
Laboratory Testing
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
INVESTIGATION
PLANT N°1
.JOB ORDER
I
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
DOCUMENT NO.
IAPPENDIX.XVII
NO.!
3
OF
49
l 0
,.;
"'"
u
..4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~j~\
~y11\
Q
~
~
""u
TABLE OF CONTENTS
(Con't.)
Q
T ITL
SECTION - PARAGRAPH
2,10
z
c
i=
"-
0;:
U
en
B,
C,
D,
:;;
z
..,
E.
F.
G,
-
N
.
2,11
DATE'
31
Standards for Laboratory Testing
A,
'"
0
PAGE
E
31
32
32
33
34
35
35
Visual Classification
Classification Testing
Index Properties Testing
Structural Properties Testing
Compaction Testing
Chemical Analyses
Other Testing
35
Laboratory Test Records
2(112-(19-2(,
III
BY,
CIIK'D
A"I"WYW
EHY-E&DI)
ENC, SlIl'l'DHT
DlY-
1iJ,V'
CSM
2(112-(19-26
IV
GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF FINAL LOGS
36
3.01
3,02
3,03
3,04
3,05
3,06
3,07
36
40
40
41
41
42
42
General
Density of Soils
Consistency of Soils
Cemented Overburden Materials
Rock
Field Notes and Records
Final Logs
GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
45
O"ERATlNG DEI'AHTMENT
4,01
4.02
4,03
eE,n'F
D
~
\A'~-
BY, MOIIAMMA')Al1SAFFAI!
DATE,
'"2-(19-26
General
Scope
Format
45
45
45
AB,
C.
D.
E,
45
46
46
46
46
46
47
47
47
48
48
F.
G,
H,
I.
J,
K,
TillS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDEIHNG
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
ROllNFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
-
Executive Summary
Scope of Work
Project Description
Site Condition
Field Investigation
Laboratory Tests
Subsurface Conditions
Engineering Analysis
Recommendations
Certification
Illustrations
2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
PLANTN°1
.JOB ORDER
REV,
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
I DOCUMENT
NO,
NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.XVII
4
NO.!
OF
49
l 0
~
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
v
~J~\
A.5y1J\
Q
~
-<
SECTION I - SCOPE OF WORK
Q
'"
Cl
1.01
The CONTRACTOR (Geotechnical Consultant) shall perform all WORK in accordance
with the latest ASTM (American Society for Testing and Materials) Standards, except
where indicated otherwise in Section 11,Technical Provisions; or, by such other
standards specifically authorized in the SERVICE ORDER. For tests where no
accepted or tentative ASTM Standard exists, test procedures will be subject to
approval by the COMPANY.
1.02
The CONTRACTOR shall perform all investigations, field and laboratory tests as
required in, and prepare all reports, charts and graphs as instructed in each SERVICE
ORDER issued by the COMPANY and accepted by the CONTRACTOR. The
CONTRACTOR shall not commence any WORK prior to the execution of such
SERVICE ORDER.
z
0
;:
"-
0:
u
if>
'"
Q
'"
ci
z
-
N
REVISIONS
1.03 The CONTRACTOR shall review the proposed Scope of Work for a geotechnical
PREI'ARE!)
By~4
BAn:,
investigation
professional
21112-119-21>
CIIK'B BY,
of a given PROJECT to determine if it is adequate for the level of
responsibility
associated
with presentation
of conclusions
and
recommendations as outlined in Section IV - Guidelines for Geotechnical Report, of
this Specification.
API'ROYED
EIIV-E&IJIJ
ENC. SUI'I'ORT
mv.
1.04
The CONTRACTOR, by acceptance of a SERVICE ORDER discussed in Item No. 1.03
above, shall be obligated to provide the COMPANY with Geotechnical Report
consistent with the professional standards of skill, care and diligence associated with
high quality, international practice of geotechnical engineering.
1.05
Intermittent services are generally anticipated on all material testing projects. The
COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE will give at least one day notice each time the
CONTRACTOR is required to visit the site for material testing. Immediately upon the
availability of test results, the CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) copies to the
COMPANY Transmission Asset Development Department/Bulk Asset Planning
Division.
{ttI/
CSM
21112-119-21>
OPERATING BEPARTMENT
*** END OF SECTION
BATE,
- I ***
2012-09-21>
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
SECTION
-
11
TECHNICAL PROVISIONS
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB
ORDER
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANTNO
DOCUMENT NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
PAGENO.
S
OF
49
REV.
0
;-:
~
u
~L:~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
~y1!\
Q
~
~
'"
"u
Q
2.01
MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION
A,
Mobilization for geotechnical investigations and field load tests shall consist of the
delivery at the WORK SITE of all plant, equipment, materials and supplies to be
furnished by the CONTRACTOR; the complete assembly in satisfactory working
order of all such plant equipment on the job; and the satisfactory storage at the
WORK SITE of all such materials and supplies,
B,
Demobilization for the above shall consist of the removal from the site of all plant,
equipment, and refuse after completion of the WORK,
C,
No mobilization and demobilization shall be applied to material testing jobs, Site
visits shall be paid on mileage unit rates, which shall include all direct and indirect
vehicle and personnel charges,
z
0
1=
0..
i:2
uen
'"'
Q
0
z
..,
-
N
REVISIONS
¥
PREPARED In',
DATE,
C"K'I)
2012-09-21>
2.02 SCHEDULE AND ORDER OF WORK
BY,
The schedule and order of WORK for geotechnical exploration and for field load tests
will be shown on the documents for each PROJECT COMPANY, whenever and in
whatever manner is deemed best for accomplishing the WORK,
AI'PIWYED
EIIV-E&I)I)
ENG, SIJl'PORT
I)IV,
The schedule and order of material testing WORK will depend on the size and nature
of the project. As and when required, the CONTRACTOR will be called upon
intermittently to provide material testing services,
fJiI/
CSM
2012-09-21>
2.03
OPERATING I)EI'ARTMENT
EXPLORATION - DRilLING AND SAMPLING METHODS
A. Overburden Drilling
1) Small Diameter Auqer Borinqs
The scope, apparatus, report and procedure shall be in accordance with ASTM
D1452, "Soil Investigation and Sampling by Auger Boring", Samples shall be
obtained for each material change in sufficient quantity to reveal the subsurface
conditions and for such laboratory testing as may be required, Augering will not
be continued below the water table when encountered,
0
I)ATE,
2012-09-'"
2)
TillS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
liE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
Larqe Diameter Auqer Borinqs
The Augering shall be performed in soil and/or decomposed rock with drilling
equipment capable of advancing a helical auger bit having a diameter equal to
or greater than 760 mm (30 inches), Adaptors should be provided to permit soil
sampling with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers as described in subparagraph
3,B,3 of these Technical Provisions, The scope and report procedures specified
in ASTM D1452 shall apply,
3) Rotary Drillinq
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
PLANTN°1
.1011 ORDER
I DOCUMENT
NO,
NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV,
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL TESTING
IAPPENDIX-XVII
NO.!
6
OF
49
l 0
""
'"
u
s:.4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~j~1
~y.1.J1
Q
k~
Q
~
u
Definition
a)
Overburden rotary drilling will be any drilling made through soil overburden
or decomposed rock by drilling equipment utilizing power rotation of a
drilling bit as circulating fluid removes cuttings from the hole.
z
0
i=
"-
52
uCh
b)
'"
Q
0
z
'"
Eill!lQ.ment and Procedure
The equipment and procedures used for overburden drilling for or with SPT
and undisturbed sampling shall be in accordance with the equipment and
methods recommended in U.S. Navy Design Manual NAVFAC DM-7.1,
entitled "Soil Mechanics" dated May 1982, except as modified hereinafter.
In areas where a water table is encountered in overburden or decomposed
rock materials, or where caving of the sidewalls occurs, borings may be
drilled by using suitable drilling mud slurry.
-
N
REVISIONS
PREPARED
BY, .
DATF' ..
CHK'D
~
RO
FP
21112-119-21>
-
The drilling mud shall be maintained at the top of the hole during all drilling
and sampling operations. The mud slurry may consist of bentonite-water or
attapulgite-water mixtures as required for stabilization of the hole. Sampling
procedure shall be by such means as will prevent inclusions of the drilling
mud in the samples. Otherwise, the borings shall be suitably cased to
prevent collapse of the sidewalls and to permit sampling.
BY,
APPROYW
EIIV-E&1)1)
ENC, SUPPORT mv,
~
B.
CSM
Soil Samplinq and Testinq
21112-119-21>
1) Soil Classification Samples
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
Samples retrieved from augering and cuttings retrieved from rotary drilling shall
be retained for Classification and Index properties testing. The scope of
sampling, procedures and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 01452.
Recovery of samples is incidental to drilling and cost shall be included in the
applicable unit rates for drilling.
2) Standard Penetration Test (SPT)
,
DATE,
The scope, apparatus, procedure, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM
01586, "Standard Method of Penetration Test and Split Barrel Sampling of
Soils", except as modified herein. The intent of the Standard Penetration Test is
to determine resistance, the consistency of the materials, depth at which rock
coring shall commence, and to obtain samples. SPT sampling is not considered
incidental to drilling and shall be paid by the unit rate for each penetration test.
"112.119-21>
a)
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
Equipment and Supplies
Equipment shall include split barrel samples, power driven core drilling
machinery of a type or types approved by the ACOMPANY, and all other
accessories for taking samples of soil or decomposed rock. Unless
otherwise specified, drilling machinery shall be of the "hydraulic feed" type.
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGENO.
JOB ORDER NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
7
XVII
OF
49
REV.
0
,.:
s:-4~ ~..I~\ ~y:J\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
:;:
u
Q
~"'
Q
Borings may be advanced above the water table by augering or, by rotary
drilling for the full depths of boring. Supplies shall include all casing, piping,
pumps, and power necessary to accomplish the required boring and
sampling.
~
Cl
b)
z
0
;::
"-
Q2
uen
Standard Penetration Test (SPT) shall be taken at maximum vertical
intervals of 750 mm (2-1/2 ft) for the first 3 meters (10 ft) of depth,
measured from ground surface and at maximum intervals of 1.5 meters (5
ft) thereafter, or as otherwise directed. If it becomes apparent that gravel or
rock fragments are rendering SPT results meaningless, or if refusal is
consistently encountered, SPTs shall be discontinued. In material other
than gravels, refusal shall be defined as an SPT with less than 100 mm (4
inches) penetration per 50 blows. The samples shall be placed in air-tight
plastic bags or other containers as soon as possible after they are taken
from the hole in order that the natural moisture content of the material may
be retained to the fullest extent.
'"
Q
0
z
..,
-
M
Procedure
REVISIONS
PR[PARm 'IV,
DATE'
CIIK'D IIY,
3) "Undisturbed" Soil Samples
APPROVED
EIIV-E&DD
ENG. SUI'PORT
The scope, apparatus, procedure, preparation for shipment, and report shall be
in accordance with ASTM 01587, "Thin Walled Tube Sampling of Soils", except
as modified herein.
DIV.
/JIt1
a)
CSM
Definition
2n!)-n9-2(,
An undisturbed sample is a thin-walled tube sample taken in accordance
with ASTM 01587, using piston-type samplers. Nonpiston-type or opentube with ball check valve type samplers may be used only when
authorized by the COMPANY and should be clearly indicated as such on all
logs, records and reports.
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
b)
Equipment shall include samplers, power-driven core drilling machinery of
an approved type or types, and accessories for procuring undisturbed soil
samples. Drilling machinery shall be of the "hydraulic feed" type unless
otherwise specified. Supplies shall include all casing, piping, pumps and
power necessary to accomplish the required boring and sampling where
used. Drill casing shall have an inside diameter such as to allow the taking
of proper samples of the size directed by the COMPANY.
...,
DATE,
Equipment and Supplies
'n!)-n9-",
c)
Procedure
The thin wall sampler shall be forced down by a continuous push using the
hydraulic feed. Driving of the sampler by means of a drop hammer will not
be permitted. For tube samples containing medium stiff to very stiff clays,
the ends shall be sealed in accordance with the requirements of ASTM
01587. For tube samples containing cohesionless soil or soft clay requiring
special handling and testing, the ends of the sample tubes shall be cleaned
THIS DI{AWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTIWCTlON
OR
FOR
ORI>ERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTlFIEI> AND I>ATEI>
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING
.JOB ORI>ER
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
PAGENO.
8
OF
49
REV.
0
,.:
0<
'"
U
~L:~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
~y:;J\
Q
~
.,
Q
out to a depth of 76 mm (3 inches) and a seal provided of micro-crystalline
wax, such as Humble Oil Company Microven No, 1650, Gulf Petrowax A, or
Socony Product 2300, 2305, or equal. A metal or metal and rubber "0" ring
type expansion disc having a diameter slightly less than the diameter of the
tube shall be inserted into the wax at 25 mm (1 inch) from the end of the
soil sample, The wax plugs shall be flush with the ends of the tube and a
final seal consisting of a metal/plastic cap and/or plastic adhesive tape shall
be placed over the ends, Special sample containers will be accepted upon
approval of the COMPANY.
'"
'"
u
z
0
f=
"-
"u
'"
'"
Q
d)
0
z
..,
Particular care shall be taken to indicate the relative positions and the tops
and bottoms of samples, Tubes and crates for undisturbed samples shall
be labeled "Do not Jar or Vibrate" and "Handle, haul and Ship in a
Horizontal Position",
-
N
REVISIONS
PREPARED
~
IIV.
2Z-26
DAn;.
CIIK'D
Loqqinq and Labelinq
e)
Disposition of Samples
IIV.
Every precaution shall be taken to avoid damage of samples as a result of
careless handling and undue delay in shipping, Samples shall be shipped
in wooden boxes made from 16 mm (5/8-inch), or heavier, lumber and with
a capacity for holding up to six sample-containing tubes depending on
shipping weight restrictions. The sample tubes shall be well packed in wood
shavings, foam or other equal material to protect the samples against
vibration. The CONTRACTOR shall avoid exposing sealed and crated
samples to extremes of temperature. Samples permitted to freeze, even
partially, shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR at his expense.
Undisturbed samples shall not remain on the site of sampling for more than
one (1) week before being freighted for testing. Samples shall be hauled
and freighted with the tube in a horizontal position in order to prevent
consolidation and segregation of water content.
AI'I'IWVED
EHV-E&I)l)
ENG.
SUPPORT
DIV.
ttlJ/
CSM
21112-09-26
Ol'mATING
DEPARTMENT
c.
1) Drive Samplers
CERTIFIED
"California" type drive samplers having segmented brass liners may be used for
sampling cemented soil or stiff clays, provided that no significant disturbance of
the natural materials occurs during sampling, including alteration of natural soil
structure, density and/or shear strength. The sampler will be driven in
accordance with ASTM 01586 equipment and procedures; and an appropriate
correlation of blow count with "N" values obtained by SPT procedures will be
provided by the CONTRACTOR. The individual segments of the liner will be
removed from the outer split-tube after sampling, the natural materials exposed
at the ends visually classified, and the liner segment capped, sealed and
labeled. No attempt shall be made to eject the sample from the liner segment in
the field. Disposition of samples will be done in accordance with the procedures
specified below for Double Tube Barrel Samplers. Care, handling and delivery
of samples will be done in accordance to the requirements of Clauses 3.E, 3,F
and 2.03.G of this Technical Specification.
-1\
DAn:.
Samplinq of Cemented Soil, Stiff Clay and Soft Rock
""2-09-)(,
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRuCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
lINTlL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
INVESTIGATION
PLANT N°1
,lOB ORDER
I
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
DOCUMENT NO.
I APPENDIX.XVII
NO.I
9
OF
49
l 0
"
::i
..L:~ ~J~\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
A.s~\
Q
~
~
Q
~
u
2) Double Tube Barrel Samplers shall be used for hard clays, cemented coarse
grained soils, chalk and soft or weathered rock, which cannot be recovered
intact by drive sampling or penetrated with thin-wall Shelby tube samplers.
a) Definition
z
0
;:
""
A Double Tube Barrel Sample shall be a sample recovered with either a
Denison double tube core sampler or a Pitcher sampler having a protruding
inner barrel or liner tube.
i:2
u
V)
'"
Q
b) Equipment and Supplies
0
z
"'
M
-
REVISIONS
PREPARF,O
RV,
DATE,
CIIK'D
RO
FP
2012-09-26
Sampling equipment will include either Denison or Pitcher samplers. Liners
shall be of 29 gauge steel with inner lacquered surface or equal. The length
of protrusion of the inner barrel or liner, and the type of bit used on the outer
barrel shall be appropriate to the type of material being sampled and will be
subject to approval by the COMPANY.
RV,
APPROVE!)
EIIV-E&[)D
ENG. SUPPORT !)IV.
The maximum recovery of unpredictable soft rock or friable materials is the
primary purpose for use of this type of sampling equipment. Accessory
equipment and core drilling machinery will be as specified in subparagraph
3.D.3.a of this Technical Specification.
c) Procedure
tUI/
CSM
20 12-0?-2(,
OPERATING
DEPART"I''''I
CERTIFIE!)
I!V'~
"ATE,
The sampling operation shall be advanced by continuous rotation of the outer
cutting barrel in conjunction with the circulation of the drilling fluid. Down
pressure on the hydraulic feed and drilling fluid flow should be adequate for
continuous smooth penetration of the sampler without undercutting the
protruding edge of the inner barrel. Blockages of circulation or sudden
changes in speed of advancement of the sampler are sufficient cause to
terminate the sampling core run to avoid possible loss or damage of the
sample. The natural materials exposed in the ends of the inner tube shall be
visually classified immediately following recovery of the sample. Samples,
which appear to be suitable for laboratory testing shall be capped, sealed,
labeled and treated as "Undisturbed Samples". Samples, which appear to be
suitable only for laboratory classification tests may be ejected in the field and
treated as "Soil Classification Samples".
'tIl2-0?-2(,
D. Rock Drillinq and Corinq
1) Overburden Drillinq and Stabilization
TIllS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
Where sampling of the overburden is limited to recovery of soil classification
samples, the CONTRACTOR may employ any method and equipment for
drilling through the overburden that will permit rock and/or core drilling from the
rock surface downward in accordance with these specifications. The overburden
may be stabilized by use of casing or a mud slurry drilling fluid but, in either
procedure, stabilization methods must be adequate to prevent caving of the
overburden.
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
.JOB
ORDER
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGENO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
10
XVII
OF
49
REV.
0
,..:
~
u
s:-4~ ~..\~\ ~y1J\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
Q
~
~
Q
'"
:!:
U
A Standard Penetration Test with less than 50 mm (2 inches) penetration with
50 blows shall be used to determine top of rock.
2) Rock Drillinq
z
0
1=
Where recovery of rock cores is not required, the COMPANY may require the
CONTRACTOR to drill and log the condition of the rock. Where recovery of rock
cores is required, the CONTRACTOR may elect to ream and clean the core
hole to the bottom of the last core run prior to attempting the next core run. In
either instance, the CONTRACTOR will be reimbursed for the depth of rock
drilling measured from the top of rock (as defined in subparagraph 3.D.1 above)
to the bottom of boring. Repeated reaming and/or cleaning within this depth will
not be a separate pay item. Rock drilling may be done with a tricone bit, other
rock bits, or with the core barrel.
0..
01
u
'J)
""
'"
0
z
'"
-
N
REVISIONS
PREPARED RV,
DAn:,
~
IWUN
3) Core Drillinq
'012-00-'6
CIIK'DRV,
Scope, equipment, procedure, and report shall be in accordance with ASTM
D2113, "Diamond Core Drilling for Site Investigation", except as modified
herein. All core drilling shall be performed with NW size barrels and bits or with
larger sizes subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Coring shall not be
performed in soft, friable rocks or cemented soils, which can be more suitably
sampled with the equipment, methods and procedures described in
subparagraph 3.C. Recovery of representative rock cores is the primary
purpose for undertaking rock coring and, the CONTRACTOR will be paid only
for the actual length of rock core recovered. Payment for core recovery shall be
in addition to the payment for rock drilling within the same depth. Equipment
and procedures shall be as described below, unless directed otherwise by the
COMPANY.
AI'PROVED
EIIY-E&DD
ENG. SUI'POIIT
DIY.
tdI/
CSM
'012.0'.'6
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
a)
Equipment for core drilling shall include diamond core drilling machinery of
a type or types approved by the COMPANY complete with all accessories
for taking continuous rock cores of consolidated or semi consolidated
material of a diameter consistent with bit size to the depths specified.
Machines shall be equipped with hydraulic feed head. The use of screw or
fixed speed feed heads will not be permitted. The core drilling equipment
shall conform to NW core drilling equipment, equal or better than SpragueHenwood (Model 40CL). The core drilling machine shall be able to develop
a bit speed of at least 1200 rpm and the hydraulic system shall be able to
develop at least 2760 kPa (400 psi) down pressure. The drill rods (NW)
shall be the same size as the core barrel (NW) and the drill head shall be
able to swivel 360 degrees. Since the maximum recovery of unpredictable
soft or friable rock is of prime importance, the CONTRACTOR shall use a
standard ball-bearing, swivel-type, double-tube core barrel equipped with
diamond set core bits and standard core lifters similar in construction and
equal in performance to Sprague and Henwood "M" series or a wireline
CERTIFIED
R\~~
DATE,
Equipment and Supplies
21112.0'.'6
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROLlNFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT Nof
,lOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
I
DOCUMENT NO.
NO,I
11
IAPPENDIX.XVII OF l 0
49
'"
~
u
~L:~
SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY
~J~\
~y.:;J1
Q
~
<:
Q
'"
drilling system similar in construction and equal in performance to Longyear
"Q" series, The CONTRACTOR shall have both internal and bottom
discharge diamond core bits on the job. The diamond core bits will have the
appropriate stones per carat recommended by the bit manufacturer for the
rock encountered, The CONTRACTOR will furnish all supplies for core
drilling, which shall include but not limited to, casing, drill rods, core barrels,
diamond set coring bits, piping, pumps, water, tools and power required for
drilling and boxes and containers required for core samples, The
CONTRACTOR's drilling equipment shall be capable of drilling vertical core
holes to depths of at least 50 meters. Terrain may vary from flat to high
relief, thus necessitating skid mounted drills and suitable support equipment
in some locations.
0
z
0
E
~
uen
'"
Q
,.,
0
z
-
N
b)
Procedures
REVISIONS
PREPARED
~
IJY,
DATE,
CHK'O
All holes shall be drilled vertically to the bottom elevations or depths
specified unless indicated otherwise in the SERVICE ORDER or when
directed by the COMPANY to be drilled otherwise. Casing of the
overburden may be required when coring in soft rock or through an
unstable overburden. The casing shall be seated tightly into rock prior to
any coring. Otherwise, the CONTRACTOR may use drilling mud to keep
the hole open provided that during coring no contamination of rock samples
occur and good core recovery is achieved. If the samples are contaminated
or otherwise inadequate, the CONTRACTOR shall drill a new hole to the
same depths and take additional rock cores at no additional cost to the
COMPANY. The CONTRACTOR shall operate his drills at such speeds and
with such water pressures as will ensure maximum core recovery in
whatever kind of rock is being drilled. Where soft or broken rocks are
encountered, the CONTRACTOR shall reduce the length of runs to 0.6
meters (2 feet) or less and/or use a larger diameter core barrel in order to
reduce core loss and core disturbance to the minimum. Failure to comply
with the foregoing procedures shall constitute justification for the
COMPANY to require redrilling at the CONTRACTOR's expense of any
boring from which the core recovery is unsatisfactory. In as much as the
function of core borings includes determination of the width, direction,
extent and spacing of rock fractures, the CONTRACTOR shall exercise
particular care in recording water losses, rod drops, and other unusual
coring experience that indicate the existence, nature and extent of any
fracturing or solution activity. Fractures and cavities with their estimated
thickness shall be marked in the core boxes. Spacers shall be used to
visually indicate open fractures, cavities or, samples, which have been
removed.
,n12.n9.'(,
BY,
APPI"'VED
EHY.E&I)))
ENG. SUPpORT
DIY.
cJAI
CSM
20 12.n9.'('
OPERATING DEI'AlnMENI
DAn:,
"'".119.'''
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
c)
Loqqinq and Labelinq
The CONTRACTOR shall keep a careful and complete record of the results
of all boring and sampling. Soil and rock materials shall be classified by the
CONTRACTOR immediately following the drilling. The log of each boring
shall include the time of drilling required for each "run", with the precise
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANTNO
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGENO.
REV.
12
.JOB ORDICR NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
OF
49
0
"
e3
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
~J~\
~p\
Q
~
<:
Q
depths and elevations of the top and bottom of the run, the percentage of
core recovered per run, the depth and elevation at which ground water is
encountered, and the amount of drill water lost. Each boring shall be logged
on a separate log sheet for each ten meters of drilling (or less), and a
complete log of each hole shall be submitted prior to payment for that hole,
The labeling of core boxes shall be done in the manner prescribed, The
materials encountered in drilling shall be visually classified according to soil
types as defined in ASTM 02487 or, if appropriate, ASTM 03282,
'"
u
z
0
;:
"Oi!
U
en
'"
Q
d) Cementinq Holes Ourinq Orillinq
0
z
'"
-
N
REVISIONS
PREI'ARED
IIV, ~,
DATE,
21112-119-2<>
CHK'6BV,
E. SamQle Containers
APPROVE!>
EHV-E&OO
ENG. SUPPORT
The CONTRACTOR will take such precautions as necessary to prevent
mixing of caving materials from the walls of the hole with core samples, or
to avoid loss of circulation of drill fluid and poor core recovery, This may
necessitate cementing the hole to seal or stabilize the side walls. Such
cementing will be considered incidental to the cost of rock coring and no
extra payment will be made unless specifically agreed to in the SERVICE
ORDER.
I>lV.
rW
The CONTRACTOR shall furnish jars, tubes, bags, labels, tags, boxes and crates
for sample containment and freighting. Samples obtained from test borings shall be
contained as follows:
CSM
1) Soil Classification and SPT Samples
2012-119-2<>
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
Samples retained for laboratory classification (visual or by testing) may be in
heavy duty plastic bags of one-quart capacity or other containers approved by
the COMPANY. Moisture content sample bags shall be tightly sealed to prevent
moisture loss. Each bag shall be identified with a label or tag, which clearly
indicates the PROJECT, boring number, sample number, top elevation of
boring, sample depth, "N" value from SPT (if applicable), and a description of
material.
2) "Undisturbed" Samples
DATE,
2012-09-2<>
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIF!F:D
AND DATED
This includes thin-wall Shelby tube samples, California (liner type) samples,
Oenison or Pitcher samples, or any other samples recovered in metal tubes.
The sample shall be retained in the tube for shipment to the laboratory. For
samples consisting of stiff clays or cemented soils, the ends of the tube shall be
tightly sealed with wax, metal caps and/or plastic membrane, subject to
approval by the COMPANY, Sample tubes, containing cohesion less soils or soft
clays, shall be sealed as described in Section 2.03, paragraph B,3,c. Each
sample shall be identified with a label or tag as required in subparagraph (1)
above,
3) Rock Cores
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
,JOB ORDER
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO, I PAGENO,
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
-XVII
13
OF
49
REV,
0
"
8
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
4.sy:;J\
Q
~
~
'"
'"
u
Q
a) Boxes
Longitudinally partitioned wooden core boxes constructed of dressed lumber
or other approved materials in accordance with the arrangement and
dimensions shown in Plate 11-1shall be used for all rock cores. As many core
boxes as may be required shall be used in submitting each rock core or
group of cores. Core from more than one (1) test boring shall not be placed
in a single core box except with written permission from the COMPANY, in
which case the core holes contained in a single box shall be consecutively
numbered. Core boxes shall be completely equipped with all necessary
partitions, covers, hinges and screws for holding down the cover, permanent
identification plates, tags, spacer blocks, and other accessories. The run
number, core length drilled, core length lost, depth designation and recovery
shall be written directly upon the spacer blocks. The coordinates of the
boring, ground surface elevation, date of drilling, box number, PROJECT
name, hole number, delivery order number, and CONTRACTOR's name
shall be written upon the inside and outside of the lid. The inside label shall
be in accordance with the requirements shown on Plate 11-2.Each end of the
box shall be marked with the PROJECT name, hole number, and box
number. Empty portions of the core boxes shall have several wide divider
blocks nailed at about the third points to prevent the longitudinal dividers
from bowing and allowing the sample to shift.
z
0
;:
0.
;::
U
if;
'"'
Q
0
z
'"
N
-
REVISIONS
PREl'ARm
BY,
DATE,
~
2nl2.n9.",
CII"'DBY,
APPROVE!)
EHV-E&[)I)
ENG, SUPPORT my.
(J)tI
CSM
2nl2.n9.26
OPERATING DEI'ART"ENT
CElnIF.ED
DATE,
'"''.''9.'''
THIS DRAW[NG IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTlWCTlON
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROLlNFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
PLANTN°1
I DOCUMENT
NO.
,JOB OIWER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
I APPENDIX. XVII
NO.I
14
OF
49
l 0
"~
..4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
~j-p1 J..s-A\
"
t~
"
'"
"u
z
0
1=
0..
:2
uen
'"
Q
0
Z
REVISIONS
~
EflV-E&DD
ENG. SUI'I'OHT I>lV.
t/f/
CSM
21112-11"-26
orEnATING OEI'AHTMENT
..
.
DATE,
'1112-11'-21,
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USEI) FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANI) DATEIJ
PLATE 11-1
TYPICAL CORE BOX
ROLfNFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
PLANTN°i
.JOB ORIJEI!
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.I
15
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX.XVII OF l 0
49
;-:
"'"
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A..:..\~I~p\
Q
~
"'
Q
'"
"u
PROJECT:
PTS NO./S.O.
NO.
z
0
t
BORING
:;;:
uen
NO.: -
'"
Q
ELEVATION:
COORDINATES:
0
z
N.
E.
STATION:
OFFSET:
REVISIONS
~
DATE (S) DRILLED:
2012-09-26
BOXES
OF
BOX NO.
CONTRACTOR:
APPROVED
HIV-E&I)I)
ENG. SUppORT
I>lV.
CSM
NOTES:
2012-09-26
OPERATING
I>An:,
1.
LABEL OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO ALLOW ALL INFORMATION
ELIGIBLE ON PHOTOGRAPH OF CORE.
2.
LOCATION
MAY BE EITHER BY
APPROPRIATE TO THE PROJECT.
I>EI'ARTMENT
COORDINATES
OR
TO BE CLEAR AND
BY
STATIONING,
AS
'112-09-
PLATE
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
HE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
11-2
TYPICAL CORE BOX LABEL
b) Arrangement
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
-
2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
PLANTN°1
.JOB ORDER
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
NO.I
16
IAPPENDIX.XVII OF l 0
49
;-:
~
u
s:-4.J4-S.U~J~\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~pl
Q
~
~
Q
All cores shall be arranged neatly in the partitioned boxes in the same
sequence in which they occurred before removal from the hole. Facing the
open box. with the hinged cover away from the observer and the open box
closer to the observer, cores shall be arranged in descending sequence
beginning at the upper left end of the partition farthest from the observer and
continuing in the other partitions from left to right to the right hand corner
close to the observer. The highest core shall be placed in Box 1, and lower
portions of the core shall be placed in the other boxes in consecutive order.
All cores shall be photographed with a folding rule or measuring tape
temporarily placed lengthwise along the edge of the box so that core piece
lengths may be readily discerned. The photographs shall clearly illustrate the
condition of the core, and the identification labels and marks outlined in
subparagraph (a), above. Copies of photographs of all cores recovered on
the PROJECT shall be included in the final report.
~
Ci
z
0
i=
..
0::
uen
'"'
Q
0
z
...,
-
N
REVISIONS
P"EPARED IIV,
~
DAn:,
Cllbi'!>
M.
c) Test Samples
2()12~()9~26
Rock samples selected for testing shall be preserved
plastic membrane and sealing to avoid moisture loss, or
subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Preserved
properly positioned in the core box and identified with
required in subparagraph (1), above.
HY,
APPROVED
EIIV~E&IH)
ENC. SUPPOI<T DIV.
F. Care and Deliverv of Samples
ou/
CSM
The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for preserving all samples in his
possession in good condition. The CONTRACTOR shall keep samples from
freezing, from undue exposure to the weather and sun, and shall keep all
descriptive labels and designations on sample jars, bags, and boxes clean and
legible. Samples shall be delivered within the time limits specified for each type of
investigation. In general, no sample shall remain at the WORK SITE for more than
one week after beinq taken. Samples shall be retained by the CONTRACTOR at
his laboratory for a period of not less than ninety (90) days following submittal of
the final report. The CONTRACTOR may then either destroy the samples, or make
delivery to the COMPANY if so directed by the COMPANY.
2()12~()9~26
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
G.
l>An:,
by wrapping with
by other methods
samples shall be
a tag or label as
The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for freighting all samples for which
laboratory testing is required as specified in the SERVICE ORDER. This includes
transportation to the CONTRACTOR's laboratory and may include commercial
freighting to other laboratories if required for tests, which the CONTRACTOR
cannot perform in his laboratory or within the time frame of the SERVICE ORDER.
2(112~()9~26
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
F re i9.b!lD..9
H.
Supplementarv Subsurface Exploration
Subsurface exploration, that is abandoned or from which unsatisfactory samples
are being obtained, shall be supplemented by other exploration adjacent to the
original, in order that satisfactory samples or the required information is obtained.
Penetration to abandonment depth or to the depths where unsatisfactory samples
were obtained, may be made by any methods selected by the CONTRACTOR that
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
.IOB ORDER
PLANTNO
DOCUMENT NO.
NO~
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
-XVII
PAGENO.
17
OF
49
REV.
0
i~
u
s:-4~ ~J~\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A.s~\
Q
~
in the opinion of the COMPANY will permit satisfactory completion. No additional
payment will be made for supplementary subsurface explorations that are required
to replace those abandoned or from which satisfactory samples were not obtained
because of mechanical failure of equipment, negligence on the part of the
CONTRACTOR, or other preventable causes for which the CONTRACTOR is
responsible. Payment will be made for acceptable portions of these supplementary
subsurface explorations below the depths or outside the reaches of the previously
accepted WORK.
Q
~
u
z
0
;:
"-
0:
u
CJ)
'"
Q
2.04
0
z
'"
-
M
REVISIONS
I'''E''ARE!) 'IV,
DATE,
~.
CIIK~V'
~
2012-09-26
v
AI'I""'V>:!)
EHV-E&oD
ENG. SUPPORT D'V.
(dI/
CSM
2012-09-26
OHRAT'NG
DEPA"TMENT
~
DATE,
"112-09-26
EXPLORATION - OPEN EXCAVATION AND SAMPLING METHODS
A. Test Pits and Samllil!Jg
1) Definition
A test pit will be any excavation in soil, decomposed rock, or overburden, which
has an open cross-section area large enough to permit efficient excavation,
engineering inspection, and undisturbed sampling. Test pit excavations will not
be continued below the water table.
2) Equipment and Supplies
The equipment and supplies shall include suitable backhoes, picks, shovels,
and sampling tools. Backhoes used for all test pitting shall be capable of
digging pits to depths specified in the SERVICE ORDER. Supplies, which the
CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall include
split metal cylinders complete with bolts and nuts for tightening, and/or bolted
metal or wooden boxes of acceptable size and types. The minimum inside
dimensions of tightened cylinders shall be 200 mm (8 inches) in diameter by
300 mm (12 inches) in length and the cubic boxes, shall have 250 mm (10
inches) dimensions. Accessories to be supplied by the CONTRACTOR shall
include a small sample trimming shovel or spade, hatchet, trimming knife,
paraffin and facilities for melting and brush application, trowels, labels, boxes
for shipping samples, and lumber for shoring test pits. The CONTRACTOR
shall furnish bags with ties and tags for containing disturbed samples.
3) Procedures
a) Excavation
Excavation shall conform to the requirements of the COMPANY
Manual, Part 3, Section 1-307, "Excavation and Trenches".
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORoERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
Safety
b) Undisturbed Samplinq
In obtaining undisturbed samples from test pits, the undisturbed natural
physical and structural characteristics of the samples of in-situ material shall
be preserved insofar as possible both while samples are being taken and
ROllNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
PLANT N°1
.JOB ORDER
I
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
DOCUMENT NO.
I APPENDIX.XVII
NO.I
18
OF
49
l 0
'"'
0:
'"
U
SAUDI
ELECTRICITY
~4~
COMPANY
~..\~\ ~y1J1
"
~
"'
"
during shipment to the point of testing. In cohesive and partially cohesive
soils, this may be accomplished by isolating the soil column or cube to be
sampled by gently trenching around it and knife-trimming it to the required
dimensions of the split cylinder or box. A thin coating of melted paraffin shall
then be applied quickly, but gently, to the sample with a paint brush, to seal it
against loss of moisture. The metal or wooden sample container, with bolts
tightened shall then be placed over the paraffin coated sample and all
clearances between the sample and the walls of the container filled with
melted paraffin. After the paraffin has hardened, the soil column or cube
shall be cut-off a few inches below the container, the sample and container
inverted and removed from the pit, and the sample trimmed at the base. A
brush coating of paraffin shall then be applied to the exposed portion. Where
overburden materials to be sampled are only partially cohesive, it is best not
to isolate the soil column for its full length before paraffining and lowering the
container. By exposing and paraffining small sections at a time, and
progressively lowering the container, the sample will be subjected to less
disturbance. Where natural moisture content is an important factor, delay
shall be avoided in taking the sample, in order that the natural moisture
content of the material may be retained to the fullest extent.
'"
:t
U
z
0
i=
..
Q:
u
'"
'"
Q
0
z
....
-
....
REVISIONS
I'RI:I'ARF,O lW,
Y
!I'.0'.'"
()An:,
CIIK'()ay,
AI'I'RUV!:()
c) Disturbed samplinq
ElIV.F,&1)1)
ENG. SlII'I'OIn
IHV.
Disturbed samples shall be taken from the side walls of the test pit. The size
of the disturbed samples shall be adequate for the quantity of materials
required for the types of laboratory tests outlined in the SERVICE ORDER.
Sample containers may be cloth or burlap bags or, if moisture loss is to be
minimized, heavy duty plastic bags. In any case, the strength of the bags
must be sufficient to resist tearing or splitting during handling of the
contained samples. All bags must contain an inside label and an outside tag
showing pertinent information as required for Soil Classification Samples.
rW
CSM
'012.0'.'"
OPERATING ()EI'ARTMENT
d) Disposition of Samples
Cylindrical and box samples shall be packed in dry packing and freighted in
sturdy wooden boxes of strength and construction sufficient to guarantee
against damage during shipment. Boxes should be no larger than is required
for freighting two such samples. Both box samples and boxed cylindrical
samples shall be marked "FRAGILE - HANDLE WITH CARE" and shall be
DATE,
identified by labels, similar to those for Undisturbed Samples taken from
borings, attached to inside and outside of each box. The CONTRACTOR
shall avoid exposing sealed and crated samples to extremes of temperature.
Undisturbed Samples permitted to freeze, even partially, shall be replaced by
the CONTRACTOR at his expense. The CONTRACTOR shall not hold these
samples at the site of exploration for a period in excess of one (1) week.
'012.0'.'
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USEI)
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORI)ERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIEI) ANI) I)ATED
B.
Test Trenches and SamQ!io.g
1) Definition
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGENO.
.IOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
19
OF
49
l
0
,.:
a:
'"
U
~L:~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~.)~\
A.sy1j\
0
~"'
A test trench will be any excavation in soil, decomposed rock or overburden
with a cross-section equal to the width of a bulldozer blade. Test trenches will
not be continued below the water table.
0
'"
:t
U
2) Equipment and Supplies
z
0
i=
0..
The equipment and supplies shall include suitable bulldozers, hand tools and
sampling equipment. Test trenches, which are to be dug to refusal, shall be
excavated using a bulldozer equivalent to a Caterpillar Model 0-9 rated at 385
HP off the flywheel with a dozer blade and a single tooth ripper. Supplies, which
the CONTRACTOR shall furnish for obtaining undisturbed samples, shall be as
listed in "Test Pits and Sampling".
;:
U
vo
'"'
Q
0
z
'"
-
N
3) Procedures
REVISIONS
a) Excavation shall conform to the requirements of the company Safety Manual,
Part 3, Section 1-307, "Excavation and Trenches".
~AAO
I
~
rRErAln:D 'n',
~
DATE'
,
CII DBY,
-- 2012-09-26
b) Sampling shall be as specified in "Test Pits and Sampling".
API'ROVED
C. Testing
EHV-E&I)I)
ENG. SUPPORT DIV.
Testing of materials exposed by excavation shall be performed as directed by the
COMPANY. Testing may include any of the WORK described in Section 2.07,
Standards for In-Situ Field Testing and Instrumentation, subparagraphs A, S, C, H,
K and L. The payment for such field testing shall be exclusive of payment for test
pit and/or trenches, based on the established unit price for each test.
CJtI/
CSM
21112-09-26
OPERATING DEI'ARTMENT
2.05
EXPLORATION - CONE PENETRATION TEST METHODS
The scope, definitions, apparatus, procedure, special techniques, precautions,
precision, accuracy and report shall be in accordance with ASTM 03441, "Deep, Quasi
- Static, Cone and Friction-Cone Penetration Tests of Soil". The equipment shall be
capable of exerting 100 kg/cm2 pressure on a standard cone tip.
DATE,
""'-09-'"
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
IIF: USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDF:RING
MATF:RIALS
UNTIL
CERTlFIF:D AND DATF:D
2.06 EXPLORATION - GEOPHYSICAL
METHODS
The scope, definitions, and procedures for geophysical explorations shall be in general
accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations for the apparatus used by the
CONTRACTOR for each type of test. The type of apparatus and auxiliary equipment,
special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be subject to
approval by the COMPANY and shall be in general accordance with the following
requirements for each type of test. The type of apparatus and auxiliary equipment,
special techniques, precautions, precision, accuracy and report shall be subject to
approval by the COMPANY and shall be in general accordance with the following
requirements for each type of test.
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
PLANTN°1
.lOB ORDER
NO.
I DOCUMENT
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
I APPENDIX.XVII
NO.I
20
OF
49
l 0
"f;3
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
~..I~I ~y1j\
Q
~
~
'"
Q
A. RefractionSeismic Testing
u'"
1) ~ment
The apparatus used for refraction seismic testing shall be of the hammer-impact
sensitive type similar to the Nimbus Enhancement Seismograph Model ES-125
or the Bison Model 1575 B, Automatic Signal Enhancement Seismograph.
Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical Geophone,
Horizontal Geophone, as well as hammers, cables, switches, and other items
required for the performance of a complete seismic refraction traverse having a
length of at least 100 meters.
~
>=
"-
c;:
u
'"
CJ)
Q
0
z
..,
-
N
REVISIONS
P"EPARE!)
HY, I~
!)AlT,
2012.09.26
CIIKII)HV,
AP"IH)Vt:I)
EBV.F,&IJI)
ENC. SIH'PORT
I)IV.
cdtI
CSM
2012.09.26
2) Procedures
Refraction surveys will be conducted in accordance with the procedures
recommended for the equipment being used, and shall provide a precision and
accuracy of data as required for evaluation of strata changes within a maximum
depth of 30 meters. Hammer impact points, generally, should not be farther
apart than 3 meters and the spacing should be reduced, where necessary, to
accurately delineate changes in seismic velocity of subsurface materials.
Elevation of ground surface shall be determined at each impact point relative to
a bench mark elevation provided by the COMPANY's Survey Division or to the
center of traverse at an assumed elevation of 100.000 meters. Double traverse
(forward and reverse) shall be performed at each location to evaluate strata dip
and subsurface irregularities. Right angle double traverses and/or radial
traverses may be required as directed by the COMPANY. Seismic velocity at a
given impact point shall be based on the cumulative average of "first arrival"
wave time for three or more hammer blows.
OPERATING !)EPARTMENT
3) Records
!)ATE,
2012.09.26
When a clear wave pattern is developed for "first arrival" wave time, the time
shall be recorded in the field notes for the traverse. When the "first arrival" is
questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart
Recorder. Field notes and computations shall be recorded on forms described
in the following subparagraph 6.A.4. Records and copies shall be provided to
the COMPANY as required therein. If voluminous, The records may be
presented in a separate volume of the final report.
4) Analvsis and reports
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
Analysis of field data shall generally conform to the procedures and techniques
described in "The Handbook of Engineering Geophysics", Bison Instruments,
Inc., Minneapolis, Minnesota, USA. When field data is voluminous, the
computer program for analysis of the multiple-dipping-Iayer structure described
in Chapter 12 of the Handbook, may be used. Reports shall include timedistance plots showing average arrival time from each impact point, "best fit"
velocity and depth for each stratum, dip and top of rock irregularities. Where
possible, evaluation of subsurface materials should be correlated with
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL TESTING
.lOB ORDEI~
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
PAGENO.
21
OF
49
REV.
0
"''""
~L:~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
~J~I
~~\
Q
~
-<
subsurface conditions encountered
outcrops or man-made excavations.
Q
'<
u
B.
z
0
;::
";;:
u
'"
in test borings or exposed
in natural
Cross-Hole Seismic Testing
1) Obiective and Principle
This test shall be used to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave
velocities through subsurface materials at various depths for estimation of
physical characteristics and engineering parameters of the materials.
""
Q
0
z
M
-
N
REVISIONS
P"EPARED
~
BV,
The principle consists of recording the time it takes for a particular type of sonic
wave to travel a known distance between the impulse originating in one
borehole and the signal receiving device, geophone, in another borehole. The
signal received by geophone is amplified, displayed and enhanced by a remote
seismograph on the ground surface.
2012-09-26
DATE'
2) ~ment
BV,
Cllk"t)
AI'PROVED
EHV-E&DD
ENC. SUPpORT "IV.
(iJ/
The apparatus used for cross-hole seismic testing shall be of the hammer
impact sensitive type similar to the signal enhancement seismograph OYO
MSBIS-150. Accessory equipment shall include a Strip Chart Recorder, Vertical
Geophone, hammer, cables, switches and other items required for the
performance of cross-hole seismic testing.
CSM
3) Procedures
2012-09-26
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
At present, there is no ASTM or other Industry Standard available for this test.
Until such a Standard becomes available, the following test procedure shall
generally be followed:
a) The receiver hole shall be drilled, sampled and cased to the maximum
desired depth of the cross-hole test.
b) The impulse hole shall be drilled a distance of three to five meters away to
about 1.5 meters depth. The drill rod shall then be detached from the rig
and a steel anvil shall be screwed on the rod.
CElnlFIED
OAT'"
2012-09-26
THIS "RAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
c) The rod shall be struck with a sledge hammer, creating an impulse that
travels down the rod and into the soil, and also initiating the time base in
the seismograph.
d) The impulse shall be detected by a geophone, placed at the same depth
as the end of the rod in the receiver hole, and relayed in electronic signal
to the seismograph.
e) The seismograph shall display the wave pattern sensed by the geophone
on its cathode ray tube screen.
ROllNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
.IOB ORDER
I
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
PLANT N°1
DOCUMENT NO.
I APPENDIX.XVII
NO.I
22
OF
49
l 0
,.:
~
u
s:.4.J+S..U~..I~\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
"
t~
"
"u
~y13\
f) This pattern shall be shown to the scale of a preselected time base such
that the time from the original impulse to the time of the impulse arrival for
various waves can be measured,
g) Knowing the travel time and travel distance, the wave velocities at that
particular depth shall be computed,
z
0
i=
i:2
u
en
"-
h) The drill rod shall be advanced to a greater depth and the above
procedure repeated,
'"
Q
4) Records
0
z
'"
When a clear pattern is developed for the first arrival time of the various waves,
the time shall be recorded in the field notes, When the first arrival times are
questionable, the wave pattern shall be reproduced on the Strip Chart
Recorder, Records and copies shall be provided to the COMPANY,
-
N
REVISIONS
PREPARED
'IV,
K
1>An;,
CHK'n
5) Analyses and Reports
012-0'-'"
BY,
Field data shall be analyzed to determine compression (P) and shear (S) wave
velocities and estimate there from the physical and engineering characteristics
of the materials, Reports shall include time-distance plots showing average
arrival time for the two waves from each impact point, best fit velocities and
depth for each test. Where possible, evaluation of subsurface materials should
be correlated with subsurface conditions encountered in test borings or
exposed in natural outcrops or man-made excavations,
APPROVED
EIW-E&DD
ENG. SUI'I'ORT
DlV.
(1Lt/
CSM
'012-0'-'"
c.
OPERATING
Electrical Resistivity
The apparatus and accessory equipment used for evaluation of subsurface
conditions, based on the apparent electrical Resistivity, shall be comparable to the
Soil Test R-40C Resistivity Meter with a sensitivity adequate for evaluation of
materials to a depth of 30 meters, The scope, definitions, procedure, special
techniques and precautions, report and precision and accuracy shall be in
accordance with ASTM G-57, "Field Measurement of Soil Resistivity Using the
Wenner Four-Electrode Method", Analysis of field data shall generally conform to
the procedures and techniques described in "Earth Resistivity Manual", Soil Test,
Inc" Evanston, Illinois, U,S,A., and the results shall be presented as described
therein,
D£PAlnMENT
CERTIFIED
BY'~~~
DATE, '0'H'-'"
2.07
STANDARDS FOR IN-SITU FIELD TESTING AND INSTRUMENTATION
A.
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
B~:
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDICRING
MA TERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
Dry Unit Weiqht and Moisture Content
In accordance with any of the standard test procedures described in:
1) ASTM 01556
Density of Soil In-Place by the Sand-Cone Method
2) ASTM 02167
Density
Method
of Soil
In-Place
by the
Rubber-Balloon
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
PLANT N°1
I
JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
DOCUMENT NO,
NO,I
23
IAPPENDIX.XVII OF l 0
49
;.:
"
'"
u
s:.4~~..\~\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~~I
Q
~
."
Q
~
u
3) ASTM 02922
Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate
Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
4) ASTM 02937
Density of Soil In-Place by the Drive-Cylinder Method
In-Place
by
The method used shall be clearly indicated for each test result presented in the
final report.
z
0
1=
'"
'"
u
'"
B. Moisture Content Direct
'"
Q
In accordance with ASTM D3017, "Moisture Content of Soil and Soil Aggregate InPlace by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)".
0
z
....
-
M
C.
REVISIONS
'IV,
"RE"ARED
CIIKJI'>
In Accordance with ASTM 01194, "Bearing Capacity of Soil for Static Load on
Spread Footings", except that dial gages accurate to 0.025 mm (0.001 inch) shall
be used to measure deflections. The Unit Rate for this item shall include
mobilization/demobilization charges.
~
'"12-(1'-'"
OAn:,
Plate Bearinq Tests
RY,
D.
Full Scale Spread Footinq Load Tests
APPROYED
EHY-E&IJI)
ENG. SUI'I'OIIT
DIY.
CIJI/
CSM
'(112-(1'-".
OPERATING
In general accordance with ASTM 01194. For each specific case, the
CONTRACTOR shall submit to the COMPANY the test set up, the equipment to be
used, the step by step procedure and the final report format. Tests will not be
started until these documents are reviewed and approved by the COMPANY.
Testing equipment shall be capable of exerting maximum test load up to 2700 kN
(=300 tons). Mobilization/Demobilization for this item shall be paid as a separate
pay item.
DEPARTM':"'''
E. Pile Load Test
Mobilization/Demobilization
item:
1)
k_07L
R~~~
for the following tests shall be paid as a separate pay
Compression Load Test
In accordance with ASTM 01143, "Piles under Axial Compressive Load",
except that the ASTM 01143 (Figure 1) loading method of jacking against
hold-down piles shall not be used where dead-load reaction is feasible- The
equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up to 1800 kN
(=200 tons).
DATE,'(112-(1'-".
2)
Tension Load Test
In accordance with ASTM 03689, "Individual Piles Under Static Axial Tensile
Load". The equipment shall be capable of applying a maximum test load of up
to 900 kN (=100 tons)-
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USEIJ
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORIJERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTlFIEIJ
ANIJ IJA TEIJ
3)
Lateral Load Test
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX I DOCUMENT
NO.
.JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
PAGENO.
24
OF
49
REV.
0
..:
'"
'"
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY
~..I~I ~y:J1
Q
::
"'
Q
In accordance with ASTM D3966, "Piles Under Lateral Loads". The equipment
shall be capable of applying maximum test load of up to 900 kN (=100 tons).
~
v
4)
z
0
1=
...
C2
U
<J>
This test will generally be applicable
where the stub angle is embedded
vertical. In the absence of a directly
performed in general accordance
hereafter.
'"
Q
0
z
Inclined Tension Load Test
..,
The testing assembly shall be capable of applying a maximum tensile load of
1100 kN (=125 tons) in a direction axial to the stub angle at a tower footing.
The test loads shall be transmitted to the ground through the test frame
resting on leveling pads on the ground.
-
N
REVISIONS
PREl'ARmBV,
DATE,
to foundations of transmission line towers
in foundation concrete at an angle to the
related ASTM Standard, the test shall be
with ASTM D3689, except as modified
I~
Horizontal and vertical movements shall be measured during the test at a
minimum of three locations on the footing. The movement of the stub angle
shall be measured at two locations. The dial gages for measuring movements
shall be either 0.076 mm (0.003) in.) per division or 0.025 mm (0.001 in.) per
division, as necessary for accurate assessment of movement. Electronic load
cells shall be used to measure the applied load by the jacks. These cells shall
be accurate to about 890 N (200 Ibs.), and shall be calibrated before and after
the tests are performed.
2012-09-26
C,,)t'"DBV,
APPROVI:I)
EHV.E&DD
ENC. SUPPORT DIV.
tL/Y'
CSM
Loads shall be applied in maximum increments of 45 kN (=5 tons). Each load
shall be held for a minimum of about 15 minutes, or until the movement rate
becomes less than 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) per hour. Load shall be raised to
design load and held for at least 6 hours. Unloading shall be done in three
equal decrements. Each decrement shall be held until the rate of movement is
less than 0.254 mm (0.01 in.) per hour. Readings during loading and
unloading shall be taken at time intervals of 30 seconds, 1, 2, 4, 8, 15, 30
minutes and one hour as necessary. The final readings after unloading shall
be taken immediately and 2 hours after all the load has been removed. The
above procedure shall be repeated by reloading the foundation to failure or to
a maximum specified test load and then unloading in three decrements.
2012-09-26
OPERATING DEI'ARTMENT
DATE,
The report shall present load-movement curve for each test together with the
estimated failure load. The observed mode of failure shall also be described.
'012-09-26
F.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USEI> FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORI>ERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED ANI) I>ATEI>
Ground Water Observations and Permeability Tests
1)
Piezometer Installation and Observation
Will be directed primarily towards
possible seasonal variations thereof,
observation wells. The Piezometers
perforated PVC pipe, plastic filter
evaluation of "static" water levels and
as recorded by water levels measured in
shall be of the stand pipe type, utilizing
screens and selected backfill materials
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
.1011 ORDER
PLANT NOJ
INDEX I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGENO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
- XVII
25
OF
49
REV.
0
,..:
5u
~~~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
~,y1j\
Q
~
~
installed in drilled holes as shown on Plates 11-3and 11-4.The installation and
observation shall be in accordance with Chapter 1.10, Ground Water
Investigation, "Foundation Engineering Handbook", Winterhorn and Fang, Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co. 1975. Piezometers may be installed in test borings,
subject to the approval of the COMPANY, or in special holes drilled for
installation of Piezometers. In either case, drilling of the hole will be a separate
pay item or items.
Q
'"
u
z
c
1=
"-
;;:
U
en
'"'
Q
0z
'"
-
M
REVISIONS
PRF.PARF.D
y
IIV,
DATr"
('IIKIt>
21112-119-2"
IIV,
APPROVED
EHV-E&IH)
ENG, SUPPORT
()IV,
w
CSM
21112-119.2.
OPF.RATING
DF.PARTMF.NT
CERTIFIED
))
'Hn:,
""'-"9-'"
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROL/NFP/CSM
- 2012/09/26
PLANT N°1
.lOB ORDER
I
NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
DOCUMENT NO.
IAPPENDIX.XVII
NO.!
26
OF
49
l 0
;.:
'"
v"'
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY
~j,y...J\~y.!iJ\
Q
~
THREAD,[QiST[[LCAP'~iITH
Q
'"
G
-",'
"',
~' //
I.li
/"""'"
l~
~l~
~4:0~i\IPi
E'i"j HeFL-H'
EL't'jo1,;r.,
M!~h
'
'
z
~
0.
"'
Q
~,~
~IC."..
0
z
REVISIONS
''
r
r ",,1 'E",
,
,,
'li
,
,
.
',' "
'IT
,
m~ tAJi,
1N
B;LtlCKiPtI]}H
~
C2
U
U)
,
,
HOLErtn.lrM~TE[J.
"'t'
0
1=
,
!
Ln,,-,,,,r.,
'I
D i\'.T 3 TE ! ," ~u
, HITE
"
,,
,
Vi!'!1..I
'
'
",i~i11 r.":,'i,~
'~ ,,...,4.,,*,
' J'r(~T~Jil
I",.."".J!..H,
',
,,,' i'
DU)
'
I
r
t..,!~~
"
,,'''-'
,"
GROUrliD
O
,
"~'-''''-'-''
GA'OI.H
,~
~'
STEEL Ct!SD~4:G
H00mm 1.0. ~m~.~
TEMPEt! UJE~H)t,;n:TE
PELLETS
4
:2
~('I
A"PROVED
I. pi~;CPlfiE SHALL HAi.lE A ~tIN.1.0. iQF(~jFfIf'fl.
.
N, -t:: H,! LL
n r~~ F P',""'~!f' 'if..,.~.."t.
ELL Sf~r E-, [H"'
,_.
p,,,,..rcTTCiY E~;
"',""
"
$
EHV.E&DD
ENc. SUPPORT !)IV,
BE. Pt UlG.GEO.
~
dIU
"
Q
f.>:':'1
LL~
CSM
3. ONE 31f'iffiJ "ErH H()LE. SHpl L 'BE ,(lR]LLE~)
It~ THE CAS]Ni~ 15.mJmBELf'~ THE
BOTHUA {jIF 1HE t~P.
Q
Q~
L.1J':::t
2012.11'-26
OI'ERATlNG
'
DEPARTMENT
_,
,
~~
if.. PROTEC111~'E
PIPE, LOCt~. AtitiGROlllT
REOmAEOFOR!\LL U'i1$TALLA110~~$
'-i
:'
'''
7' ~ t'ti.Iil"
";';'
][qj~VI
lE(. .. .;.;;:-.~. . TE~i!~f
E r'.,.",.
IE I,}!,,"",...,}
E~"'"'r -Ef\!r. 1 TH,n"',~
'1IIf",,,,I1.H'.I
Q-;; L.1J
'
tI:1l:;
'
.
q:qJ
. .
.
P]PEf~Srnrn].I}.
MINJ.J
PEA GiRA\'"EL
tS~4ALL[S-T
CI)NsmUENT
MUST~E NOSMALLE~THANwELL
SCREE.~5t O'TOF MESH;'
,:.\tt
DATE,
.
- Mll Lli.4ETERS
mm
.
.'
..
..
- iktETErtS
5. .~
"112.0,.2(,
.
.
~
,
~.
Pv'C ¥tELL SC~:EEN
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
OImERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTlFlF.n ANn nATF.n
'1' ii
TI\j,t"!l
if -
L
MAY BE AL THI£D;
"' ";'
I E VF 'L.'u\"E.
THT1'!
!'l.l'!J
'u';",~>:
illir T :!.L
JiL.\T-fl
"'r'!i!:I
r;'
FCtR SITE C;O~m.ITIa{rfS
'
rr':JIE ;L..!..'
1n~1
J',\ ETE I
:' \-t;,
"".
'
PLA TE l[ -3.
ROLlNFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB ORDER
.
;~
.
.
NG L E
').' ET. .H..IL - '~
D
,,J I., ''''''
n'~
.
.
.
.
Ir J(.T 8 L L lj Tl f) ~'
"~
. ';j,
.:
i"'1
""I"~
.
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
NO.
PLANTN°i
I DOGUMENTNO.
NOJ
27
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
I APPENDIX- XVII
OF
49
l 0
"
::;
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
~J~\
~y1J1
0
~
~
0
:.
:z:
u
'>;;
t:s.
-.
M !'!J
rc, TE it:.
J
L
'~
.C:-EE '!:j1' R
TE
II-~.,J
z
0
1=
02
u<IJ
...
0
0
z
REVISIONS
,'REPARED
T~J,~PEO
~ITE PELLETS ~~'.5~O
BV,
DATE'~
1on-ll9.,.
C~BV'
V
ply'C
APP"OVEO
EHY.E&DD
ENG. SUPI'ORT DIY.
PH'E
PEA GRAvEL[SMALLESTCONSTITUENT
MU5TBENu
$~A.A1LH1 THAN WELL
SCREENSLOT OF MESH~
CSM
20n-ll'.'.
P\i'C '«ELL SCREE~
OrEllAllNG
DEPARTMENT
APPROXiMATE
3.0M
TEIMPED
BENTONITE
PELLETS
~~
BY, "OIlAM''''D
DATE,
,\t.-SAFFAR
~l!t
. ~
P"'TP
.1. E
,",,-",.,
>J
PEA G~MJELt AS AEH)vE
THIS DI\AWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
PVC
WEll SCREEN
PLATE 11-4
PIEZOMETER DETAil - MULTIPLEINSTALLATIONS
ROUNFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
PLANTN°1
JOB ORDER NO.
I DOCUMENT
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
I APPENDIX - XVII
NO.I
28
OF
49
l 0
,.:
'"
'"
"
~l.:a~ ~J~I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
4..s~\
~
.,
'"
'"
'"
"
2) Permeabilitv TestinQ
Shall be limited to falling-head type testing conducted in suitably cased bore
holes, or in standpipes or Piezometers contained in adequately backfilled bore
holes. General procedures shall be in accordance with the reference cited in
subparagraph (1), preceding.
z
0
1=
"Q1
u
'"
G. Electrical Resistivity
'"
Q
0
z
..,
Where definitive values of electrical resistivity of subsurface materials are required
for analysis of grounding problems for COMPANY structures, the field tests will be
conducted in accordance with ASTM G57, Rev. A, "Field Measurement of Soil
Resistivity Using the Wenner Four Electrode Method", as also required in Section
2.06.C for geophysical exploration.
-
M
REVISIONS
I'REI'ARED IIV,
nAn:,
~
H. Thermal Resistivity
'"12-"9-2(,
v
In accordance with IEEE* 442, "Soil Thermal Resistivity Measurements", an outline
of the procedure is described herein: Insert the probe into a soil mass and allow
the probe to come into thermal equilibrium with the soil. An electrical current is
then passed through the heating element causing temperature rises in the interior
of the probe. A thermocouple inside the probe measures the heat rise and
readings are taken at intervals measured by a stopwatch. The time temperature
data reduction is done then by graphical means. More sophisticated data reduction
procedures may be adopted by the CONTRACTOR upon COMPANY's approval.
Supplementary soil data (e.g., in-situ soil density and moisture content) shall be
obtained as directed by the COMPANY.
CIIK>!\BY,
AI'I'ROYEI>
EHY-E&I!I!
ENG. SUPPORT my.
(dtI
CSM
'"12-""-'6
I.
OI'ERATI~G nEI'ARTMENT
Field Vane Shear Test
Vane Shear Test shall be in accordance with ASTM 02573, "Method for Field
Vane Shear Test in Cohesive Soils",
J.
'
nATE,
1111?!19-'6
"
Pressuremeter Test
Pressuremeter testing shall be in accordance with ASTM 04719, "Standard Test
Method for Pressuremeter Testing in Soils".
K. Percolation Test
In accordance with the ARAMCO Sanitary Code, Section IX-B, 9.18.4.
L. Other Considerations
TillS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
Certain other Standards, which shall be observed in the performance of field
WORK but do not represent separate pay items include:
1) General Field Procedures
Sampling
-
in accordance with ASTM 0420, "Investigating and
Soil and Rock for Engineering
Purposes".
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
.1011 ORJ)ER
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
PAGENO.
29
XVII
OF
49
REV.
0
;-:
~
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
~y1!1
Q
~"'
Q
:.
2) Visual Classification of Soil - field evaluation of soil classification based on
ASTM D2487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes", and ASTM
D2488, "Descriptions of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures), or ASTM D3282,
"Classification of Soil and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction
Purposes", as directed by the COMPANY.
u
z
0
1=
0.
2
u'"
'"
Q
2.08
0z
..,
-
N
REVISIONS
"«EI'AREJ)
'''' U--!
"ATI;,
Cllt(."
2012-tt9-2('
BY,
APPROYEJ)
[IIV-E&""
ENG- SUppORT
FIELD RECORDS
The CONTRACTOR shall keep accurate subsurface logs and records of all field work
accomplished under this CONTRACT and shall deliver complete, legible copies of
these logs and records to the COMPANY upon completion of the WORK or at such
other time or times as he may be directed. All such records shall be preserved in good
condition and order by the CONTRACTOR until they are delivered and accepted. The
COMPANY shall have the right to examine such records at any time prior to their
delivery. Separate logs shall be made for each hole and test pit. The following
information shall be included on the logs or in the records for each hole:
A.
Hole number or designation and elevation of top hole
B.
Make and manufacturer's model designation of test-pit and trench excavation,
drilling, and cone testing equipment
IJIV.
C. Type of drilling, sampling, and cone testing operation by depth
ciJt/
CSM
D.
Dates and time by depths when test-pit and trench excavation, drilling, sampling
and cone testing operations were performed
E.
Depths at which samples or cores were recovered or attempts made to sample or
core including top and bottom depth of each run.
2ttl2-tt')-2('
OI'ERATlNG "EP,\RTMENT
F. Classification
or description by depths of the materials sampled, cored, or
penetrated including a description of moisture conditions and of conditions of
compactness or stiffness of materials encountered. This classification or
description shall be made immediately following the taking of the samples or cores
and in accordance with ASTM D2487 and ASTM D2488.
"ATE,
G.
Penetration and resistance such as drive-hammer blows given in blows per foot or
part thereof for driving sample spoons and casing and as the pressure in pounds
per square inch applied to push undisturbed samples
H.
Percentage of sample or core recovered per run and RQD value expressed as a
percentage
I.
Depth at which ground water is encountered. Record Static Water Level and date
at least 24 hours after the hole is finished
J.
Depths at which drill water is lost and amounts. Depth and distance of drill rod
drops
2012-09-'
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE
USEI> FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGENO.
JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
30
OF
49
REV.
0
'"'
'"
...
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~..I~\ ~y1J\
Q
~
-<
Q
:.
K. Depth of bottom of hole
z
0
1=
~
Additionally, records of test data for all field testing shall be provided in accordance
with the Standards specified in Section 2.07. The CONTRACTOR will provide sample
copies of standard forms for each test to the COMPANY for review and approval prior
to performance of tests. The presence of a COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE or the
keeping of separate records by the COMPANY shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of
the responsibility for the WORK specified in this paragraph. Payment will not be made
for any WORK for which the required records have not been furnished by the
CONTRACTOR.
'"
u
C2
u'"
'"
Q
0
z
-
...
..,
REVISIONS
~
PREPAR£D'IV,
I)An;,A
C"~Y'
2012-09-21>
17
APPROYt:I>
EHV-E&I)I)
ENG. SU,','ORT
DlV.
att/
CSM
2012-09-21>
OPERATING "EPART"ENT
~
"ATE,
10'2-119-'
2.09
LABORATORY TESTING
All samples received in the laboratory shall be inspected and visually classified by an
engineer or geologist. The condition of the samples shall be recorded and
representative samples suitable for testing shall be selected and stored in a manner
that will protect the samples from fluctuations in temperature or low humidity.
Regardless of the basic purpose or type of test (classification, strength, volume
change), it is not intended that all samples be subjected to testing. Testing should be
limited to samples representative of significant subsurface conditions; and, the
numbers and types of test should be limited to those which will contribute to the
geotechnical evaluation of subsurface conditions for the specific PROJECT. Payment
will not be made for any laboratory testing that represents needless duplication of test
data or that is not related to significant tangible geotechnical considerations or that is
not specifically identified in the approved SERVICE ORDER.
2.10 STANDARDS FOR LABORATORY TESTING
Where relevant Standards are applicable, the laboratory WORK shall be conducted in
accordance with the procedures of the American Society for Testing and Materials
(ASTM) or in accordance to such other procedures and Standards delineated or
referenced herein. Where relevant standards are not necessarily applicable, guide
Standards are provided. Reference to a specific standard does not necessarily
represent a pay item unless so indicated. Standards included in another test procedure
or which are required for the general operation of the laboratory (e.g. ASTM D421, "Dry
preparation of Soil Samples for Particles Size Analysis and Determination of Soil
Constants") are not considered to be separate pay items. Standards for laboratory
testing are as follows:
A. Visual Classification
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOI~
ORDERING
MATRRIALS
UNTIL
CERTlFIRD AND DATRI)
Evaluation and classification of soil samples according to the criteria provided in
ASTM D2487, "Classification of Soils for Engineering Purposes" and ASTM
D2488, "Description of Soils (Visual-Manual Procedures)" or, if directed by the
COMPANY, ASTM D3282, "Classification of Soils and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures for
Highway Construction Purposes", without benefit of supporting laboratory
classification test data; and, evaluation and classification of rock samples by
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
.lOB ORDER
PLANT NOJ
INDEX I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
-XVII
PAGENO.
31
OF
49
REV.
0
;-:
r;:
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A..:..I~IA..s~\
Q
~
~
Q
'"
composition, structure and hardness according to the criteria described in Section
Ill: Guidelines for Preparation of Final Logs. Visual classification is not a separate
pay item.
:t:
U
B. ClassificationTesting
2:
0
f=
002
u'"
'"
Q
0
2:
'"
N
Identification of soil types based on laboratory testing shall not be separate pay
item. The cost shall be included in the costs of the various tests required for
identification based on the criteria of ASTM' 02487 or ASTM 03283. Tests shall be
assigned by the CONTRACTOR only after review of field data and visual
classification of samples recovered. Sufficient tests shall be performed to confirm
or modify visual classifications.
Excessive testing, where definite visual
classification is possible, shall be avoided. Testing shall be done primarily on
materials, which are borderline and are difficult to classify. A soils sample would be
ML-CL or SP-SM. Classification tests shall include:
-
REVISIONS
PRE"ARED BY'
~
.~
-rJ~
1)
DATE'
." 'D lW,
Cl
Particle -Size Analysis/Mechanical
- 2912.99.2(,
In accordance with ASTM 0422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", but not
including hydrometer analysis
APPROYED
EHV-E&DD
':NG. SUPPORT DIV.
2)
w
Particle-Size Analvsis/Hvdrometer
In accordance with ASTM 0422, "Particle-Size Analysis of Soils", plus
determination of specific gravity but not including sieve analysis
CSM
2912.99.2(,
3)
In accordance with ASTM 01140
OPERATING nE"ARTMENT
4)
Plasticity
Determination of the Plasticity Index based on the results of tests performed in
accordance with ASTM 04318, "Liquid Limit, Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index
of Soils"
CE'<TIFlED
C. Index Properties Testinq
BY~~<
DATE,
Percent Finer Than the #200, U.S. Standard Sieve
'912-99.2(,
Tests include those required to group soils in major strata and to provide a basis
for evaluation of the structural characteristics utilizing a restricted number of
"Structural Properties Tests" described in subparagraph 0, following. Index
properties tests required as a part of any other standard laboratory test procedure
(as in subparagraph B.2, above) are not pay items. When performed
independently of other test procedures, payment will be made on the basis of the
actual tests performed. Tests are to be assigned after evaluation of field data and
as needed for extrapolation of other laboratory test data. Index properties tests
include:
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OI{
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
.JOB ORDER
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGEN°'I
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
- XVII
32
OF
49
REV.
I 0
;-:
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
1::
u
~..\~\ ~y1j\
Q
::
.,
Q
'"
u
1)
Moisture content
In accordance with ASTM D2216, "Laboratory Determination
(Moisture) Content of Soil, Rock and Soil-Aggregate Mixtures".
2)
z
0
f::
"-
02
uen
'"'
Q
of Water
Drv Unit Weiqht and Moisture Content
No standard test procedure. Test to be performed on Undisturbed Soil
Samples, Denison Samples or Rock Core with unaltered natural volume.
Determine total dry weight of a sample of measured total volume, compute
and provide Dry Unit Weight and Moisture Content.
0
z
'"
-
M
3)
Testing generally limited to materials finer than the #4, U.S. standard sieve in
accordance with ASTM D854, "Specific Gravity of Soils", unless otherwise
directed by the COMPANY. Reported specific gravity shall be based on the
average of tests performed on three specimens of the same sample.
REVISIONS
P"[PARED
BY, I~
DAT[, ~.
2012-09-26
.
CI~Y'
Specific Gravitv
-.
4)
Natural Relative Density
APP"OYEI)
EtlV.E&1)1)
ENG. SUI'!'ORT
Natural dry unit weights expressed as Relative Density based on maximum
and minimum densities, subparagraph E(2), following. Computation of relative
density is not a separate pay item.
I)IV.
I1IL/
D. Structural Properties Testinq
CSM
2012.09.26
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
Tests performed only on Undisturbed Soil Samples, Denison Samples or Rock
Core. The test program shall be planned for analysis of specific design problems
and testing limited to specimens obtained from carefully selected high quality
samples. Tests performed on mediocre samples will not be accepted or paid for by
the COMPANY. Rigid standardization of test procedures is not appropriate for
these tests. The test procedures described in: Lambe, "Soil Testing for Engineers"
(Ref. 1) and/or ASTM, "Procedures for Testing Soils (Ref. 2) are considered to be
appropriate with variations as described below:
1)
Permeability
!
DATE,
Generally limited to the Constant Head Procedure (Ref. 2) on clean, coarse
grained soils having less than ten percent (10%) finer than #200 U.S. standard
sieve. Test procedures described in ASTM D2434, "Permeability of Granular
Soils (Constant Head)", may be used as a guide.
'012-09-26
2)
THIS ORAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
Unconfined ComQression
Generally in accordance with the procedures outlined in Ref. 1. ASTM D2166,
"Unconfined Compressive Strength of Cohesive Soil", may be used as a
guide. Trimming of specimens should be limited to "Squaring" of the ends (if
capping is not appropriate). Reduction of specimen diameter by trimming is
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
PLANT N°1
.JOB ORDER
I
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONANDMATERIAL
TESTING
DOCUMENT NO.
I APPENDIX.XVII
NO.I
33
OF
49
l 0
"::\
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
~..\~I ~~\
Q
~
not acceptable. Ratio of specimen height to diameter should be less than
Q
'"
:c
u
three and greater than two.
3)
Generally in accordance with Ref. 1 and limitations on specimen trimming and
specimen sizes as described above for unconfined compression; and, triaxial
chambers and test platens must be of size to accommodate the specimens
within these limitations. Triaxial tests to be paid for on a per test basis; either
as one of a series of tests at different confining pressures or as individual tests
at confining pressures approximately equal to "at-rest" lateral earth pressures
for the in-situ condition. The procedures described in ASTM 02850,
"Unconsolidated,
Undrained Strength of Cohesive Soils in Triaxial
Compression", are generally adequate for that type of test. Consolidated,
undrained testing, with pore water pressure readings, as described in Ref. 1
will be required on all specimens tested at confining pressures comparable to
earth pressure.
;z;
0
t
02
u
Vi
'"'
Q
0
;z;
'"
-
N
REVISIONS
I'RF,I'ARF,() BY,
IW 'F,'"
C"
~
~
I
,012.09.'"
) ''',
4)
AI'I'IWYF,()
EHV.E&DD
ENG. SUI'I'ORT
Triaxial Compression
Direct Shear
Generally limited to tests on cohesionless soils or to consolidated shear tests
on fine grained soils. Test procedures generally as described in either Ref. 1
or Ref. 2. Consolidated shear test procedures outlined in ASTM 03080,
"Direct Shear Test of Soils", may be used as a guide.
DIY.
ttLt/
CSM
5)
,012.09.'"
Elastic Moduli of Rock
In general accordance with ASTM 03148,
Specimens in Unaxial Compression".
OI'ERATING nEI'AlnMENT
6)
"Elastic Moduli of Rock Core
Consolidation
Test procedures generally as described in Ref. 1 or Ref. 2, except that
individual loads may be maintained for more than 24 hours if secondary
compression is a consideration. Test procedures outlined in ASTM 02435,
"One-Dimensional Consolidation Properties of Soils", may be used as a guide.
Test will be paid for on a per-increment-of-Ioading basis.
nATE,
7)
20' 2.09.?(,
EXQansion Pressure
Specimen preparation and equipment as required in (6) above. Maximum
pressure required to maintain zero volume change for 24 hours following
saturation to be determined.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
E. Compaction Testinq
Test to be performed on disturbed bulk soil samples representative of significant
materials. Structural properties tests may be assigned as required for geotechnical
evaluation of proposed construction and will be paid for separately from
compaction testing. Compaction tests, standards, and variations are as follows:
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
PLANTN°1
.JOB ORDER
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
NO.I
34
I APPENDIX.XVII OF l 0
49
'"'
1:3
s:.4~ ~J~I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
4..s~\
Q
~
."
Q
1) Modified Compaction
~
u
In accordance with ASTM 01557, "Moisture-Density
Aggregate Mixtures Using 4.54 kg (10 Ibs) Rammer
Method "0"; but, compacted specimens shall not
compaction determinations unless authorized by the
2:
0
1=
"02
u
'"
to>
Relations of Soils and Soiland 18 in. (457 mm) Drop",
be re-used for successive
COMPANY.
2) Maximum and Minimum Densities
Q
0
2:
..,
In accordance with ASTM 04253, "Maximum Index Density of Soils Using a
Vibratory Table", and ASTM 04254, "Minimum Index Density of Soils and
Calculation of Relative Density". These test methods are applicable to soils that
may contain up to 15%, by weight, of soil particles passing a No. 200 sieve,
provided they still have cohesion less, free draining characteristics.
-
M
REVISIONS
PREPARED BY,
DAn:,
.L~
3) California Bearinq Ratio (CBR)
~-
In accordance with ASTM 01883, "Bearing Ratio of Laboratory Compacted
Soils", and sample compaction performed as specified in subparagraph (1),
Modified Compaction, above, except that compaction energy will be varied as
directed by the COMPANY. Determination of maximum density and optimum
moisture by modified compaction is included and will not be paid as a separate
item. Pay items will include CBR 3-point, unsoaked and CBR 3-point, soaked (4
days surcharged, with swell measurements taken daily).
CII~Y' '(,
APPROVE!>
F.IIV-E&DD
ENG. SUI'POHT I>IV.
tll//
CSM
F. Chemical Analysis
'0" "
OPERATING
Chemical tests shall be performed for water soluble salts as a percent by weight of
dried sample at 105°C to include sodium, potassium, sulfate, chloride ions and
sodium chloride.
nEPARTMENT
G. Other Testing
Other laboratory testing than that described above will be required for materials
quality control. Such tests are included in Schedule ~ with appropriate ASTM or
other Standard designation.
!)An,
~l-.9-26
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
2.11
LABORATORY TEST RECORDS
All laboratory measurements and observations made for each test shall be recorded in
a near, legible manner or forms appropriate to the test being performed. Forms used
for this purpose are subject to the approval of the COMPANY. Copies of test data will
be provided to the COMPANY upon request. Original test data will be preserved for a
period of three years after submitting the test results to the COMPANY or for a lesser
period if authorized by the COMPANY to destroy the data earlier.
*** END OF SECTION
ROLlNFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
-
11
***
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
.JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGENO.
I APPENDIX-XVII
35
OF
49
REV.
0
'"'
'"
'"
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
~~\
co
~
«
SECTION111-GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF FINAL LOGS
co
'"
'"
u
3.01 GENERAL
z
0
f=
0..
;:
U
'"
'"
Q
0
z
..,
-
....
REVISIONS
,'RI:I'ARED
''''
I>An,
~
2C1I2.09.".
C""~I!V,
Final logs shall be prepared using information and pertinent results from field logs and
results of laboratory and/or field tests including Standard Penetration Test values.
Overburden materials shall be classified according to ASTM 02487, "Classification of
Soils for Engineering Purposes"; and, ASTM 02488, "Description of Soils (Visual-Manual
Procedures)", for all investigations other than those, which are primarily intended for
evaluation of subgrade soils for pavement design. Soil designations and Group Symbols
shall be used on all logs, conforming to the Unified Soil Classification as outlined on Table
111-1,attached. Rock classification shall be based on standard geologic terminology with
applicable descriptive adjectives or numbers as shown on Table 111-2,attached. Subgrade
soils will be classified in accordance with ASTM 03282, "Classification of Soils and Soil
Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes". Elevation and depths shall be
shown for any change of material, weathering, top of rock and bottom of hole. Other
pertinent information will be provided on the logs as described in the following
paragraphs.
APPROV[O
EHV.F.&I>I>
ENC.
SUppORT
I>IV.
M/
CSM
20!Z.09.26
OPI:RATING OI:PARTMI:NT
!>An,
211'1-09.'
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOI~
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
ANI) I)ATEI)
ROUNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
.IOB ORDER
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
PAGENO.
REV.
36
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.
XVII
OF
49
0
,.:
~
s:.4~ ~..I~\ ~y1J1
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
Q
~
..,
Q
'"
Unified Soil Classification System
"u
Primary Divisions for Field and
Group
Laboratorv Identification
Svmbol
sieve is larger
smaller than
No. 200
sieve
than No. 200
size about
size.)
Coarse-grained
soils (More
than
half of material
finer than 3.
inch
z
0
f=
..
Q;
u
'"
'"
Q
Clean
Gravels.
(Less than
5%
of material
Gravel.
(More than
half
of the coarse
fraction is
larger
than No 4
sieve
GW
Typical Names
Welt graded gravels.
gravel-sand
mixtures.
little or no fine.
Laboratory Classification
Supplementary Criteria
Criteria
for Visual Identification
Wide range in grain size
C" = 00010"
and substantial amount
of alt intermediate
greater than 4
particle size.
C, = .moor
0'0 x 060
between 1 and 3
GP
Poorly graded
gravels. gravel.sand
mixtures. little or no
fines.
0
z
Gravels with
. do.
. do.
GM
Silly gravels.
fines. (More
and gravel.sand.
than 12%of
silt mixtures.
21112.119.2<>
a range of sizes with
some intermediate sizes
Atterberg
limits
below "A"
line,
or PI less
than 4
material
smalter than
No. 200
sieve
APPROVt:l)
EHY.E&IW
ENG. sUPPOIn
-do-
21112.119.2<>
OPERATING
GC
DEPARTMENT
Sands (More
than half of
the
coarse
fraction
is smalter
than
Clean
sands
(Less than
5%
mixtures.
SW
No. 4 sieve
size)
size)
Atterberg
limits
above "A"
line.
and PI
greater
than 7
Atterberg
limits
above "A"
line
with PI
between
4 & 7 is
border.
Nonplastic fines or
fines of low plasticity.
line case
Plastic fines
GM.GC
C" = 00010"
Welt graded sands.
Wide range in grain
sizes and substantial
gravelty sands,
of material
smalter than
No. 200
sieve
Clayey gravels, and
gravel-sand-clay
size.)'
DIY.
CSM
Predominantly one size
(uniformly graded) or
missino (oao oraded)'
REVISIONS
~
Not meeting both
criteria for GW
little or no fines'
amounts of alt inter.
greater than 6
mediate particle sizes
C, = .moor
0'0 x 0..
between 1 and 3
SP
Poorly graded sands
and gravelly sands.
little or no fines'
Not meeting both
criteria for SW
Predominately one size
(uniformly graded) or a
range of sizes with
some intermediate sizes
missino (oao oraded)
Sands with
.do.
-do.
SM
Silly sands, sandsill mixtures.
fines. (More
than 12% of
material
DATE,
SC
Clayey sands,
...9.
smalter than
No. 200
sieve
sand.clay mixtures
size)'
Atterberg
limits
below "A"
line.
or PI less
than 4
Atterberg
limits
above "A"
line,
with PI
greater
Ihan 7
Atterberg
limits
above "A"
line
with PI
between
4 & 7 is
border-
Nonplastic fines or
fines of low plasticity.
Plastic fines
line case
SM-SC
Reactio
n
ML
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
Inorganic silts. very
Silts and
clays.
fine sands, rock
(Liquid limit less than 50)
flour, silly or clayey
Fine grained
soils
(More than half
of
Atterberg
limits
below "A"
line.
or PI less
than 4
fine sands
materials is
smalter than
CL
Inorganic clays of
Atterberg
Atterberg
limits
above "A"
line
with PI
between
4 & 7 is
border.
line case
Dry
to
Strenglh
Shaking
Tough.
ness.
Near
Plastic
Limit
ML.CL
None to
Quick to
slight
slow
Medium
None to
None
Medium
ROL/NFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICALINVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I
DOCUMENT NO. I
JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
PAGE NO.
37
OF
49
REV.
0
;-:
~
u
9-L:~ ~J~\
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
4.5y:;J\
Q
~
No.
Q
Iow
~
Ci
- do -
200 sieve size.)
to medium plasticity;
(Visual: more
than half of
gravelly clays. silty
clays. sandy clays.
lean clavs.
particles are so
OL
fine that they
cannot be seen
z
0
f:
"-
slow
Atterberg limits below "A" line.
organic silt-clays
very
high
Organic silts and
- do -
bv naked eve.)
i:2
uen
'"
'"
to
limits
above "A"
line.
with PI
greater
than 7
Slight
to
medium
Slow
Slight
Slow
Slight
to
medium
to
to
none
medium.
None
High
None 10
Slight
to
medium
Slight
of low Dlasticilv.
MH
- do -
Silts and clays. (liquid limit
Inorganic silts. micaceous or
diatomaceous
greater than 50.)
fine sands or silts.
Atterberg limits below "A" line.
elastic silts.
Inorganic clays of
high
CH
- do -
- do -
plasticity. fat clays.
0z
OH
REVISIONS
Organic clays of
medium to high
Dlasticitv
Peat. muck and
other
- do -
1£
Pt
- do -
21112-119-26
CII
.
Highly organic soil
Atterberg limits above "A" line.
High
to very
hiah
Atterberg limits below "A" line.
Medium
to
hiah
Organic calor and odor.
High ignition loss. LL and PI
decrease after drying.
highly organic soils.
very
slow
spongy feel. frequently
fibrous texture.
Materials with 5 to 12 percent smaller than No. 200 sieve are borderline cases. designaled: GW-GM. SW-SC. etc
APPROVED
HIV-E&DD
ENG. SUPpORT
IHV.
I
CSM
P LA~TICITY
CHART
I'"
I
/
"<:.
21112-119-26
".§.+'
V
V
I('/
/
1;;:!.0I.. LL
['O'v.'J'I
V
'I
.".
OI'ERATING (}EPARTMENT
1///
./
/
hJ/
'.u
'Ir.1 "'0''''
, .-7
=nt
0"
r"1
--
(}ATE,
ED
II"L
,/y
I...
./
."
::;,::;;
/
"'l:K"
-I"::>"
,-,,
r(..v:I<C,'o
.or'l.-:£:>!;,-,,='.
/'
,-" >T>""'n -
/
""..<S,'"
:t;t, LL
,. '" :,]
-<
V
./ ILrPil
,~
/.
/,, :Y./
'/ ,/
/
-..9-Z(,
8.
/""-
,/
"~
/'
/
:.......",
- ,.. "',.
.m.1<c'Ii
oa:
::E:."',,,,
/
wm ,,. «:""'...
./
/'
'.. LU.'
..,
"
=~
I/r
I'"
I,...
I:r
I~"
,~
n~
LJ:IJ_'L[\>]T LL:
.OTE"...
I. ~1I.:>i~~'tAI
.c., .:-1.
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORI>ERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
~ . ,...o,L
~
TABLE
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
.IOB ORI>ER
,"
..., ..'II~", ",ltJ,
...,-,: :-. "'f}! 1"1.
-
III- 1
2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I
DOCUMENT NO.
PAGE NO,
I APPENDIX.XVII
OF
49
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
38
REV.
0
'"'
'"
"'
u
~~~
SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY
~J~I
~y1J'
Q
~"'
Q
'"
'"
'-'
RM
S)IT£d
':
G...,sni.bx.
Apr4;;ai;tEd;:,tpPlel
1}i!:"¥.'>]ttml1"fr.S
Ex.JJ;7P'E
![;!yt.J:;:f]sic.I;;r,,;rti.;ofKr.!S
i'"""tllT'!!;i!E;;
g;)lj3TCIIE
Bddr.;Cbf1f>-
Q;:
\ Il'ai1!
tErlS'.",
J IM31e
z
0
C&I!..
"1=
lT:;;I.
(}()\%'ACnCN
0::
uen
sU;;;'
CE\12>'E)
'"
"
I
I
sij,{j£"""
liEIL\?J;.1E
xx';:'cLy'"
,.I
I
",
"..t..................., '".
...........""""".'
LC€EXMPlE
rH I:,iHcEml
Itl
-
-.....
0
z
,"':'
REVISIONS
S
cl C"if:!al:i""
.0
e
ISH-LE 1-I3.a
12.8.7<,22.
1"li.,34.3
...
Q
g,
0
Q.
J:
It
Q
..
....
il
A!"'ROVED
r
"'"
EHV-E&IHJ
ENG.
SUpPORT
DIV.
1!1
r
t
ctJt/
,,,,-",w
CSM
..
::I
0
'I
%
..
..
0
,kI
:I
it:
Q
..
OPERATING
DEPARTMENT
..._,
"
':;
Q
"\,
2
"
:0
£
F.mr
.t:
" lus<d
"...,
t::::::::::::::
ICE\I?i1E
BE.
n,v,m-.
12:-;
1!2<,4
;;.:_;,;; ICLY
1,03,
nxxu
0.
"
','........'.
"
E;\
;;
"e
"
0
211/2-1)9.26
if
Sk..:i"r
1
12JI='i.<lt'iE[
.,.:;
>.-
!.hJl:
I
7
I
:.>/'
s\1:'§'K!;E' rg.'if2'
::BL,t,13
i3t
!
Q\
s
.2
.0,
v
I
\I
<i
IGilA\DE
"
..,.'..
... .
.+....
11
(I
)
1
I
I
I
LbWEatb-.,;
I
I
ami{'1;'ri\6:d"':"
I
Cn,Wocs"'"
DATE,
'fII2-09-26
.1
R
.
I
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
'!:.,:ip!,;:l,Q,
'us;;<1f«ipert-i1i'Jf1>tEr
:NCiT8Sc
1\SAMESOIJRCH.BTABLEIiI-1
I
..2.i'SNf.CUBRCcKtiDr
.. ,,, w"" ""'"
,
b..
I
J
I
I
i
COMMDNt.
iNE.4."TffiNPRCI','iNCE
.., Y Et,WJN7EFG;
"
,
I j
=+
I
f:::I
TABLE 111-2
RQUNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICALINVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING
.lOB ORDER
REV,
INDEX
PLANT N°1
I DOCUMENT NO.
NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
IAPPENDIX.
XVII
NO.'
39
OF
49
l 0
'"'
'"
'"
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~..I~\ ~y1J\
Q
~
...
3.02 DENSITY OF SOILS
Q
'"
co
The density of coarse grained cohesion less soils and silts shall be described
accordance with the following, where applicable:
in
A. Test Pits
z
0
>=
"02
u
en
'"
Q
0
z
'"
-
'"
REVISIONS
Easily excavated with hand shovel
2) Compact.
Difficult to excavate with hand shovel
3)
Must be loosened with pick to excavate with hand shovel
Dense
B. Soil Borings
Where Standard Penetration Test (SPT) results are available and the penetration
resistance does not appear to be influenced by other factors (e.g., rock fragments,
cementation, etc.), the density may be described in accordance with the following
presumptive relationship:
PREPARED
'JY, I~
DATE,
1) Loose
012-09-2(,
CIIJ<.If>ny,
APP'WYE!>
PRESUMPTIVE DENSITY
EHV-E<~Dn
ENG. SUI'pORT nlv.
UI.t/
NUMBER OF BLOWS (N)
PER 305 mm (12 in.)
Very Loose
0-5
Loose
6 - 11
Medium
12 - 23
Dense
24 - 35
Very Dense
36 - 50
(Not applicable without
Further description)
Over 50
CSM
2012-09-26
OPERATING DE"AlnMENT
-.....
DATE,
'°"-°9.2
3.03 CONSISTENCY OF SOILS
The consistency of cohesive clays and silts (where applicable) shall be described in
accordance with the following:
A. Test Pits
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
OIWERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
1) Very Soft - Easily penetrated several inches by fist
2) Soft - Easily penetrated several inches by thumb
3) Medium - Can be penetrated several inches by thumb with moderate effort
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
I DOCUMENT
NO.I
PLANTN°1
.Ion ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
NO.I
40
IAPPENDIX.
XVII OF l 0
49
,.:
~
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
A.;..I~\ ~y:;J\
Q
~
-<
Q
'"
4) Very Stiff - Readily indented by thumbnail
:I:
U
5) Hard - Indented with difficulty by thumbnail
B. Soil Borings
z
0
;::
"-
02
u
en
'"
Q
'"
0
z
-
M
REVISIONS
PRE"ARE!)
~
BY,
IJATL
The consistency of cohesive soils encountered in test borings shall be described
primarily on the basis of unconfined compressive strength either from actual laboratory
tests or estimated strength of samples based on pocket penetrometer results or the
evaluations described in paragraph A, above. Consistency descriptions are shown
below for various ranges of unconfined compressive strength. The use of SPT values
without benefit of other evaluations is not acceptable. Where supporting data is
available, correlations of presumptive SPT/consistency
relationship should be
established for a given location or site. Where adequate data are not available, the
consistency may be described on the basis of the presumptive relationship shown
below, only if it is clearly indicated on the log as such:
2012-09-2"
CUYIJBY,
CONSISTENCY
APPROYEI}
EHY-E&I)I)
ENG. SUPPORT
DIY.
atJ/
CSM
2012-09-2"
Very Soft
Soft
Medium Stiff
Stiff
Very Stiff
Hard
RANGE OF UNCONFINED
COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH NO. OF BLOWS (N)
t/fe or kq/cm2
PER 305 mm (12 in.)
Less than 2
2 to 4
5 to 8
9 to 15
16 to 30
Greater than 30
Less than 0.25
0.25 to 0.50
0.50 to 1.00
1.00 to 2.00
2.00 to 4.00
Greater than 4.00
OPERATlNC IJEPARTMENT
3.04 CEMENTED OVERBURDEN MATERIALS
The nature and degree of cementation shall be completely described. The terminology
used to describe cementation shall be defined in the report.
CERTIFIED
3.05 ROCK
BY~~"AI<
DATE,
2012-09-2"
After identification of major rock type on the log, the physical properties shall be described
in accordance with descriptive adjectives or numbers as shown in Table 111-2and in the
following sequence:
A. Bedding Characteristics
different
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
liE
USED
FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDEIHNG
MATERIALS
lINTIL
CERTIFIED
AND DATED
-
including thin beds or interbedded
materials of
types of rock
B. Lithologic Characteristics
C. Hardness and Degree of Cementation
D. Texture
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
I DOCUMENT
NO.
PLANTN°1
.lOB ORDER
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
I APPENDIX.XVII
NO.I
41
OF
49
l 0
,.:
~
u
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~j~1
4..sy1J\
Q
~
~
Q
'"
u"
E. Structure (including Degree of Fracturing and/or Fragmentation)
F. Degree of Weathering
G. Solution and Void Conditions
z
0
;::
"0;:
U
<n
H. Swelling Properties
'"
Q
I.
0
z
'"
-
N
REVISIONS
"REI'A,u:n '3Y,
nATE,
CIIIQI')
~
~
BY,
Slaking Properties
3.06 FIELD NOTES AND RECORDS
All notes recorded on field logs pertinent to the evaluation and analysis of subsurface
conditions shall be transcribed on the final logs, with particular emphasis on ground water
conditions and general drilling operations experienced in test borings. Other records and
observations, including subsequent variations in piezometric records of ground water
elevations shall also be incorporated in the final logs where applicable.
APPROYEn
EHV-E&DD
ENG. SU""ORT
,>IV.
{J1J/
CSM
2012-09-26
3.07 FINAL LOGS
Examples of final logs of test borings and test pits are illustrated on Plates 111-1and 111-1
a,
utilizing COMPANY Standard Form 15109 (11/83). Blank copies of these forms will be
available to the CONTRACTOR as needed for specific PROJECTS.
OPERATING nE"A.nMF.NT
CERTlFlEn
nAlE,
'""-"9-'
nlls
DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOI{
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CEHTIFIED
AND DATED
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
PLANTN°i
I DOCUMENT
NO.
.JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
IAPPENDIX-XVII
NO.I
42
OF
49
l 0
,.:
1:3
..4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
"
~
-<
"
'"
:I:
SEG RORING
U
PROJECT
lNQRTl-I:
TYPE OF BORING:
GROUND E! EVA.j ION:
DEPTH AT GRO!JN'D1N.ATER TABLE:
MEASUREDAT:
'"
Q
-
HOURS. ON
11:'
r{
}:
;'-' ito;;::
;r Ir
,fi: ,.
u, ffi
¥ $J
I),
:;,
,,'"
J"
d
:!:
::';;
;} iF
"'. F1i:;j :<: "" g; <1'-' an
W
<'1
"" '" r, ii) "" (':;
«
11
ID
jjo .,'\
3
'::::.
, Q
<) 6< '" 0
;1.j
'"
""
0
z
BORING NO.
DlA. OF BORING:
IFAST:
U')
LOG
ICGNTRAC,OR:
COORDlNA n:S
et
u
4.sy;J\
No,
LOCATION:
z
0
1=
..
~J~I
DIA.OF UNDISTVR8EIJSAMPLE:
DATE COMMEf>i'DEO::
C,A£!Nl(3 HpJ....ftffi 1NL &.DROP:
OAT!: COMF'Li::,ED:
SAMPLING HAMMERIT
SUPERVISOR:
& DROP:
5
ji;
b
[}
2
REMARKS
DESCRIPTWf{
[
Er
"Ij
fh
£)
REVISIONS
DATE,
--><..
CII"~"
6
-
RJ)L)NI'r
PREPAREDBY,
"'12.",.2(,
2
v.
APPROVED
---1
EI1\'.E&oo
ENC,SUI'I'ORTDlV,
-
cdV
CSM
'''12.09.26
-
---2
OPERATING
DEPARTMENT
12
--26
DATE,
!
'1J12.0<).2(,
33
gl
lEGE ):
THIS DRAWING
IS NOT
TO
BE
USED
FOR
CONSTlHlCTlON
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
SPT
U
R
0
ROD
REC
1:
t:
t:
t:
:
:
PENETRATION
TEST& NUMBER
UNDISTURBEDTHINWALLTUSE S.AMPLE&NUMBER
RO-:::KCORE RUN &.NU\',tSER
DENtS-ONSAMPLE &NUMBER
ROCKQ'JALlTY DESIGNATiON
RE03VERY
STANDARD
SHEET '> OF:;;
PLATE \11-1
ROUNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIALTESTING
PLANT NOJ
JOB ORDER NO,
A
SAUDI ARABIA
REV.
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO, I PAGENO.I
43
IAPPENDIX-XVII
OF
49
l 0
,..:
:;:
u
~L:~
SAUDIELECTRICITYCOMPANY
~J~\
~y1.I\
Q
~
~
Q
'"
"u
SEC BORING LOG
PROJEC; 110,
SIATlON!COORDH,mORJH:
RAGTOR:
z
0
f:
"-
.~
..
(;!I1'rc
i\:~ffi
.;~t:.c,",!!j"-.".r.~,'~
F ,~ ~ ,; ~ i;;, ~
i:2
uU)
EOR!N3NO,
,,'
>,
~~t;;~
~~
W !1fi:;i
W~c:i{'5~T$ii!t\'~P;i1
Q
~ :l.i;,,!
~Rf;:tt
"'
Q
;;,
DJ
""
g
"<'?-
.~
0
--("Q"'~
Z
~
Q
j1J
~
.II!
'"
~
DHCRIPT.ON
m
~J
REMARKS
:-,.
it
IT;
~
C
-=
-..J.!
0
z
REVISIONS
PI<EPAI<£ORY,
DAn:,
A
CII~"
~
~
!f0t.:
2""-"'-26
v
~
"
-
43
,\PI'ROVED
EIIV-E&DO
ENG. SlIl'I'OHT I)IV.
Ltf/
c--
T~
~
~
CSM
''''2-'''-21,
OPERATING
,A
~
DEPARTMENT
-
,,~
'..
~
2
,
CERTIFIeD
~
~
I!~'\I<
RATE,
'!1I2-"'-'
:m
LEGEND:
SPT
U
1: STANDARDPENETRATiOtHEST 2.NUMBER
1: UNDISTURBEDTHIN 'NALLTUBESA.MPLE,&NUMBER
R
D
THIS IJRAWING IS NOT
TO DE USED FOR
CONSTRlICTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIEIJ AND DATEIJ
ROD:
REC
1: ROCK CORE RUN & NUMBER
f: DEN/SONSAMPLE & NUMBER
ROCKQUALITY DESIGNATION
RECOVERY
SHE"'T 2 OF :2
PLATE III -1a
*** END OF SECTION-Ill ***
ROLlNFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL
INVESTIGATION
I
PLANT N°1
.IOB ORDER
REV.
INDEX
AND MATERIAL TESTING
DOCUMENTNO.
44
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
NO,I
I APPENDIX.XVII
OF
49
l 0
,.:
~
u
s:-4~ ~J~I
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~y1J'
Q
~
-<
SECTION IV- GUIDELINES FOR PREPARATION OF GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
Q
:.
G
4.01 GENERAL
The wide variation of the scope of services required for individual COMPANY PROJECTS
precludes the use of a single format for all PROJECTS. However, most investigations will
be considered to be either Preliminarv Investiqations or, Detailed Investiqations for Final
Desiqn; and, the report should be so identified where applicable. These Guidelines outline
z
0
1=
Q.,
ai
u'"
'"
Q
the general format for reports for both types of investigations - the reports differing only in
the scope of WORK included therein.
0
z
..,
-
M
REVISIONS
~
"RHAREI>BY,
()ATE,
2012-09-26
CH 10<5 BY,
AI'PROY>:!>
EIIV-E&DD
ENG. SUPPORT I)IV.
tilL!
CSM
2012-119-26
OPERATING ()EPARTMENT
4.02 SCOPE
The results of the investigations shall be presented in a final report, which shall be written
for the purpose of assisting and guiding designers in making their decisions. Discussion of
broad regional physiographic and geological features will be limited to the tangible
engineering significance and a reasonable understanding of these features in the
selection of a site and determination of the appropriate design. The discussion shall be
focused principally on description of rock, soil and ground water conditions that are
significant in the design or will affect construction. The discussion shall be supplemented
by geologic maps, cross-sections and boring logs as applicable to clearly illustrate
existing conditions and the relationships of these conditions to the PROJECT. In support
of its conclusions, the discussion shall present the result of field and laboratory
investigations in relation to the designs recommended in development of the PROJECT.
The report shall contain specific design recommendations. Technical terms used in the
report shall be clearly defined and used consistently throughout the report. Where variable
subsurface conditions exist, generalized recommendations will not be satisfactory.
Specific recommendations will be made for specific PROJECT areas or variations in
foundation conditions.
4.03 FORMAT
C>:RTI
:()
B:~
()ATE,
2012-09-26
The final report shall consist of, but not limited to, an effective combination of discussions,
tabulated data, laboratory testing results, backup calculations, soil and geological
illustrations, and reference bibliography to depict the conditions that are of engineering
significance. The discussion in the foundation report should always include alternate
foundation systems. The presentation shall include the following:
A. Summary
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
As a preamble to the report, a cover letter in the form of a summary shall be prepared.
This letter shall summarize the site description, the surface and subsurface soil
conditions
and
properties,
the
resulting
engineering
considerations,
and
recommendations for design of foundations and other elements of construction
influenced by subsurface conditions.
ROL/NFP/CSM
GEOTECHNICAL
- 2012/09/26
INVESTIGATION
AND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANTNOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO. I PAGENO.
./OB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX. XVII
45
OF
49
REV.
0
"~
s:-4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITYCOMPANY
u
~J~\
4J;~\
Q
~
"'
Q
B.
"u
'"
Scope of Work
The Scope of Work shall describe the type of design information that is to be furnished
by the report; e.g., for design of foundations for overhead transmission lines, substation
buildings or other types of structures, slabs-on-grade, roads, parking areas, deep
excavations, pipelines, buried cables, cable tunnels, etc., as well as the description of
the scope of the investigation conducted by the CONTRACTOR.
z
0
f:
"-
a:
u
'"
'"Q
C. PROJECT Description
0
:z:
..,
The PROJECT Description shall include the geographic location of the site with respect
to existing landmarks, populated areas, etc., the type of construction; the structural
characteristics including the allowable total and differential settlement; moments,
thrusts (including uplift) and vibratory loads imposed on foundations; nearness to
existing or planned structures; and any other special foundation design considerations.
Where some elements of the PROJECT description are not known at the time of the
preparation of the report, the COMPANY shall provide best estimates for these
elements and the report shall clearly indicate that these are estimates.
-
M
REVISIONS
PI<EI'AI<ED RV,
IJATE,
~
2012-09-26
CUK:AfRV,
D. Site Conditions
APPROVt:I>
EHV-E&DD
ENG- SUI'I'ORT
The existing surface conditions at site shall be described as to grades, access,
drainage and/or any other feature, which may have a bearing on the WORK, including,
where appropriate:
DlV.
w
1) Significant and controlling topographic conditions
CSM
2012-09-2"
2) Geomorphology
3) Existing construction and/or evidence of previous constructions and man-made site
alterations (e.g., grading, dumping, etc.)
O"ERATlNG IJEPARTMENT
4) Vegetation and land use
5) Evidence of ground water and water levels in existing wells or exposures
E. Field Investigations
,
IJATE,
2012-09-2"
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
The section on Field Investigation shall describe the type of equipment used; the
number, location, diameter and depth of borings or other types of explorations; the
working procedures; sampling methods and frequency; and type of field tests
performed. Where piezometers have been installed, the type, depth and location, as
well as an accurate as-installed drawing of each piezometer shall be included. Logs of
explorations and the results of all field tests shall also be part of this section. This
section may be presented in a separate volume if voluminous.
F. Laboratorv Tests
The section on Laboratory Tests shall contain a description of the sample extraction
procedure, the type of tests performed and all test results. This section may also be
presented in a separate volume if voluminous.
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I
DOCUMENT NO. I
PAGE NO.I
IAPPENDIX.XVII
l
.IOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
46
OF
49
REV.
0
,.:
a:
'"
U
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~..I~\ ~y1J\
0
::~
G. Subsurface Conditions
0
'"
:t
U
The section of Subsurface Conditions shall give a detailed description of the
subsurface materials at the site. Ground water conditions (including artesian) shall be
discussed. Drawings of subsurface profiles shall be included where necessary or
desirable to illustrate subsurface conditions. Where appropriate, this section shall also
include: description of geology with a special discussion concerning composition and
structure of the rocks; engineering description of soils and the relationship of soil to the
bedrock; principal engineering properties of the rock and soil as determined by
conventional field and laboratory investigations; and, foundation conditions that present
special engineering problems.
2:
0
f::
'"
i:2
u
en
"'
Q
0
2:
'"
H. Enqineerinq Analvsis
-
M
REVISIONS
"R£I'ARW
IlV,
DATE,
The section on Engineering Analysis shall contain a description of the geotechnical
considerations involved in developing a suitable foundation system for the PROJECT
structures. A statement of the analysis performed to evaluate the foundation
requirements and the results of these analyses, shall be included, as well as a study of
alternate foundation systems where applicable. Settlement criteria and the results of
settlement analyses shall be described. Consideration of ground water and its chemical
effect on foundation concrete and rebar shall be discussed. Ground water, as related to
excavations and to foundations located near or below the ground water table, shall be
discussed. For all foundation cases, the factor of safety employed in the analysis, shall
be stated; and, both "ultimate" and "allowable" values of the appropriate geotechnical
design parameters shall be provided. "Net-allowable" stresses shall be defined.
Specific geotechnical parameters to be used for design shall be supported by
computations based on an acceptable method of analysis. Computations do not need
to be included in the report but, shall be retained in permanent files by the
CONTRACTOR; and, copies provided to the COMPANY upon request. Alternate
foundation designs shall be presented along with consideration of construction
problems and current use of foundation construction techniques as practiced in the
SEC System.
~
2II12.(l9.2!>
CIIK)!) 'lV,
ArrROVED
EHV.E&DI)
ENG. S!JI'I'ORT
DlV.
UP!
CSM
2(112.(I'.2!>
orERATING
DErARTMENT
I.
0:0"'''''
El
--..
~~/
BY, MOIIAMMA
,wrE,
Recommendations
.SAFFAR
"1I2.(l9.2!>
THIS DRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
The section on Recommendations shall give clear, concise, positive recommendations
of the design criteria for each type of foundations, which is to be used, to govern the
design of all foundations for the PROJECT; and, shall give specific recommendations
for the design of other elements of construction, which may be influenced by
geotechnical considerations, as defined in the scope of WORK for a given PROJECT.
Where appropriate, this shall include:
1) Bearing capacities for various types of shallow foundations, e.g. spread footings,
mat, thickened edge slab, etc. Recommend type best suited for site.
2) Deep foundation capacities; including drilled piers, caissons, driven piles, augered
(bored) piles, etc. Discuss tension, compression and lateral capacity of foundation
system. For augered (bored) pile foundation free-head pile type, provide pile
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT N°1
I
DOCUMENT NO.
JOB ORDER NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX.XVII
47
NO.I
OF
49
l 0
""'"
~4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
u
~..I~\ 4.sy13\
Q
~
~
""u
Q
capacities and P-Y curves with a minimum of three (3) pile diameters with three (3)
varying pile length for each pile diameter.
3) Estimated foundation settlements or swell
z
4) CBR and "K" values for pavement and floor slab design
E
:;:
'"
Q
5) Lateral earth pressures (active, passive, at-rest, etc.)
u
if;
6) Potential seismic and dynamic soil problems
7) Slope stability, soil and rock
0
z
..,
-
N
8) Site development including site preparation and filling
REVISIONS
PREPARED
DATE,
RV,
X
CH~'
~
2012-09-'6
'-
9) Foundation and subsurface construction excavation
10) Ground water considerations
11) Drilling and blasting problems
APPROVED
EHV-E&DD
ENG. SUPPORT DIV.
t#
12) Rock bolting and anchoring problems
13) Special foundation treatments, e.g. surcharging, unsuitable material replacement,
grouting, etc.
CSM
2012-09-'6
14) Recommended elevation for foundations
OPERATING DEI'ARTMENI
15) Recommendations for further investigation and analysis, if required
16) Recommendations for soil improvement (Vibro-replacement, Vibroflotation, Dynamic
Compaction, Stone Columns, and any other widely accepted soil improvement
techniques.)
J. Certification
v
'>ATE,
'on-09-'
Both the engineer responsible for the foundation analysis and a principal of the
COMPANY shall certify the accuracy of the contents of the report by affixing their
signatures thereto.
K. Illustrations
THIS ORAWING IS NOT
TO
liE
USED FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORDERING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTIFIED AND DATED
The illustrations provided with the report do not necessarily require a separate section.
Illustrative material including any of the following that are applicable to the PROJECT
will be used in the final report.
1) PROJECT Location Map
2) Plan of Exploration
ROL/NFP/CSM- 2012/09/26
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
.JOII ORDER
PLANT NOJ
INDEX
I DOCUMENT
NO.
NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX - XVII
PAGENO.
48
OF
49
REV.
0
;-:
1::
u
s:-4~
SAUDI ELECTRICITY COMPANY
~J~\
4..sy;J\
Q
::
"'
Q
'"
"u
3) Logs of Explorations
4 ) Test Data and Resulting Charts
z
0
;::
0..
5) Site Geology Map
02
u
en
6) Top of Rock Contour Map
'"
Q
7) Geologic Structure Map
0
z
-
'"
'"
REVISIONS
PREPARED
~
BV,
DATE'.A.
ClrG.1V,
21112-119-'6
~
A"I'ROVED
EHV-E&DI)
ENC. SUPPORT
DIV.
Id/
CSM
'"12-"9-'6
8) Soils and/or rock cross-sections shall show correlation of overburden and rock units
including such significant features as water levels, water losses, core losses, and
solution zones. Cross-sections shall emphasize geologic structure, show depths of
primary and secondary weathering, and interpret top of rock for construction
purposes.
9) Photographs of all rock cores recovered as well as photos illustrating pertinent site
conditions. All photos shall have the following information on the back of the photo
or under the photo, if it is mounted: Name of PROJECT, site location, date of photo,
CONTRACTOR, location of photographer and direction that the photo is viewing, a
brief description of main points in photo, name of photographer, a sequential
number for each photo and notes showing if photo is a "Pan-View". An arrow
showing number, location and direction of the photo will be noted on the plan of
explorations for the PROJECT. Negatives for field photos and core photos will be
retained by the CONTRACTOR in a permanent file.
OPERATING DEPARTMENT
*** END OF SECTION - IV ***
~
:w---
DATE,
'(112-09-26
REFERENCES:
BV, MOIIAMMA1U\lrSAFFAR
1. Lambe - Soil Testing for Engineers
2. ASTM - Procedures for Testing Soils
THIS HRAWING IS NOT
TO
BE USF;H FOR
CONSTRUCTION
OR
FOR
ORHF;RING
MATERIALS
UNTIL
CERTlFIF:H ANH HATEH
ROLlNFP/CSM - 2012/09/26
REV.
INDEX
GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATIONAND MATERIAL TESTING
PLANT N°1
I
DOCUMENT NO.
.JOB OIWF;R NO.
A
SAUDI ARABIA
I APPENDIX
- XVII
49
OF
49
NO.I
I
0